blob: 8b605b3a025cc3575593f4b71a15bbebce4ae245 [file] [log] [blame]
Glenn Randers-Pehrson48854ae2010-10-17 12:52:29 -05001libpng-manual.txt - A description on how to use and modify libpng
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002
Glenn Randers-Pehrsond5201df2014-04-20 20:16:56 -05003 libpng version 1.6.11beta05 - April 21, 2014
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004 Updated and distributed by Glenn Randers-Pehrson
5 <glennrp at users.sourceforge.net>
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7017c402014-03-16 20:29:11 -05006 Copyright (c) 1998-2014 Glenn Randers-Pehrson
Glenn Randers-Pehrson037023b2009-06-24 10:27:36 -05007
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonbfbf8652009-06-26 21:46:52 -05008 This document is released under the libpng license.
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonc332bbc2009-06-25 13:43:50 -05009 For conditions of distribution and use, see the disclaimer
Glenn Randers-Pehrson037023b2009-06-24 10:27:36 -050010 and license in png.h
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -050011
12 Based on:
13
Glenn Randers-Pehrsond5201df2014-04-20 20:16:56 -050014 libpng versions 0.97, January 1998, through 1.6.11beta05 - April 21, 2014
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -050015 Updated and distributed by Glenn Randers-Pehrson
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7017c402014-03-16 20:29:11 -050016 Copyright (c) 1998-2014 Glenn Randers-Pehrson
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -050017
18 libpng 1.0 beta 6 version 0.96 May 28, 1997
19 Updated and distributed by Andreas Dilger
20 Copyright (c) 1996, 1997 Andreas Dilger
21
22 libpng 1.0 beta 2 - version 0.88 January 26, 1996
23 For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright
24 notice in png.h. Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 Guy Eric
25 Schalnat, Group 42, Inc.
26
27 Updated/rewritten per request in the libpng FAQ
28 Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 Frank J. T. Wojcik
29 December 18, 1995 & January 20, 1996
30
Glenn Randers-Pehrson6e418422011-12-29 20:57:39 -060031 TABLE OF CONTENTS
32
33 I. Introduction
34 II. Structures
35 III. Reading
36 IV. Writing
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -060037 V. Simplified API
38 VI. Modifying/Customizing libpng
39 VII. MNG support
40 VIII. Changes to Libpng from version 0.88
41 IX. Changes to Libpng from version 1.0.x to 1.2.x
42 X. Changes to Libpng from version 1.0.x/1.2.x to 1.4.x
43 XI. Changes to Libpng from version 1.4.x to 1.5.x
44 XII. Changes to Libpng from version 1.5.x to 1.6.x
45 XIII. Detecting libpng
46 XIV. Source code repository
47 XV. Coding style
48 XVI. Y2K Compliance in libpng
Glenn Randers-Pehrson6e418422011-12-29 20:57:39 -060049
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -050050I. Introduction
51
52This file describes how to use and modify the PNG reference library
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7017c402014-03-16 20:29:11 -050053(known as libpng) for your own use. In addition to this
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -050054file, example.c is a good starting point for using the library, as
55it is heavily commented and should include everything most people
56will need. We assume that libpng is already installed; see the
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7017c402014-03-16 20:29:11 -050057INSTALL file for instructions on how to configure and install libpng.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -050058
59For examples of libpng usage, see the files "example.c", "pngtest.c",
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonf210a052009-11-12 10:02:24 -060060and the files in the "contrib" directory, all of which are included in
61the libpng distribution.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -050062
63Libpng was written as a companion to the PNG specification, as a way
64of reducing the amount of time and effort it takes to support the PNG
65file format in application programs.
66
67The PNG specification (second edition), November 2003, is available as
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -060068a W3C Recommendation and as an ISO Standard (ISO/IEC 15948:2004 (E)) at
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -050069<http://www.w3.org/TR/2003/REC-PNG-20031110/
70The W3C and ISO documents have identical technical content.
71
72The PNG-1.2 specification is available at
73<http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/documents/>. It is technically equivalent
74to the PNG specification (second edition) but has some additional material.
75
76The PNG-1.0 specification is available
77as RFC 2083 <http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/documents/> and as a
78W3C Recommendation <http://www.w3.org/TR/REC.png.html>.
79
80Some additional chunks are described in the special-purpose public chunks
81documents at <http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/documents/>.
82
83Other information
84about PNG, and the latest version of libpng, can be found at the PNG home
85page, <http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/>.
86
87Most users will not have to modify the library significantly; advanced
88users may want to modify it more. All attempts were made to make it as
89complete as possible, while keeping the code easy to understand.
90Currently, this library only supports C. Support for other languages
91is being considered.
92
93Libpng has been designed to handle multiple sessions at one time,
94to be easily modifiable, to be portable to the vast majority of
95machines (ANSI, K&R, 16-, 32-, and 64-bit) available, and to be easy
96to use. The ultimate goal of libpng is to promote the acceptance of
97the PNG file format in whatever way possible. While there is still
98work to be done (see the TODO file), libpng should cover the
99majority of the needs of its users.
100
101Libpng uses zlib for its compression and decompression of PNG files.
102Further information about zlib, and the latest version of zlib, can
103be found at the zlib home page, <http://www.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/zlib/>.
104The zlib compression utility is a general purpose utility that is
105useful for more than PNG files, and can be used without libpng.
106See the documentation delivered with zlib for more details.
107You can usually find the source files for the zlib utility wherever you
108find the libpng source files.
109
110Libpng is thread safe, provided the threads are using different
111instances of the structures. Each thread should have its own
112png_struct and png_info instances, and thus its own image.
113Libpng does not protect itself against two threads using the
114same instance of a structure.
115
116II. Structures
117
118There are two main structures that are important to libpng, png_struct
Glenn Randers-Pehrson2be8b642010-07-29 19:09:18 -0500119and png_info. Both are internal structures that are no longer exposed
120in the libpng interface (as of libpng 1.5.0).
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500121
122The png_info structure is designed to provide information about the
123PNG file. At one time, the fields of png_info were intended to be
124directly accessible to the user. However, this tended to cause problems
125with applications using dynamically loaded libraries, and as a result
126a set of interface functions for png_info (the png_get_*() and png_set_*()
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7a287242011-07-26 12:03:11 -0500127functions) was developed, and direct access to the png_info fields was
128deprecated..
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500129
Glenn Randers-Pehrson2be8b642010-07-29 19:09:18 -0500130The png_struct structure is the object used by the library to decode a
131single image. As of 1.5.0 this structure is also not exposed.
132
133Almost all libpng APIs require a pointer to a png_struct as the first argument.
134Many (in particular the png_set and png_get APIs) also require a pointer
135to png_info as the second argument. Some application visible macros
136defined in png.h designed for basic data access (reading and writing
Glenn Randers-Pehrsona5e55472011-07-12 10:13:32 -0500137integers in the PNG format) don't take a png_info pointer, but it's almost
138always safe to assume that a (png_struct*) has to be passed to call an API
139function.
140
141You can have more than one png_info structure associated with an image,
142as illustrated in pngtest.c, one for information valid prior to the
143IDAT chunks and another (called "end_info" below) for things after them.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500144
145The png.h header file is an invaluable reference for programming with libpng.
146And while I'm on the topic, make sure you include the libpng header file:
147
148#include <png.h>
149
Glenn Randers-Pehrsona5e55472011-07-12 10:13:32 -0500150and also (as of libpng-1.5.0) the zlib header file, if you need it:
151
152#include <zlib.h>
153
Glenn Randers-Pehrson2be8b642010-07-29 19:09:18 -0500154Types
155
156The png.h header file defines a number of integral types used by the
157APIs. Most of these are fairly obvious; for example types corresponding
158to integers of particular sizes and types for passing color values.
159
160One exception is how non-integral numbers are handled. For application
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -0600161convenience most APIs that take such numbers have C (double) arguments;
162however, internally PNG, and libpng, use 32 bit signed integers and encode
Glenn Randers-Pehrson2be8b642010-07-29 19:09:18 -0500163the value by multiplying by 100,000. As of libpng 1.5.0 a convenience
164macro PNG_FP_1 is defined in png.h along with a type (png_fixed_point)
165which is simply (png_int_32).
166
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7a287242011-07-26 12:03:11 -0500167All APIs that take (double) arguments also have a matching API that
Glenn Randers-Pehrson2be8b642010-07-29 19:09:18 -0500168takes the corresponding fixed point integer arguments. The fixed point
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7a287242011-07-26 12:03:11 -0500169API has the same name as the floating point one with "_fixed" appended.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson2be8b642010-07-29 19:09:18 -0500170The actual range of values permitted in the APIs is frequently less than
171the full range of (png_fixed_point) (-21474 to +21474). When APIs require
172a non-negative argument the type is recorded as png_uint_32 above. Consult
173the header file and the text below for more information.
174
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49a56e72010-12-06 20:06:01 -0600175Special care must be take with sCAL chunk handling because the chunk itself
176uses non-integral values encoded as strings containing decimal floating point
177numbers. See the comments in the header file.
178
Glenn Randers-Pehrson2be8b642010-07-29 19:09:18 -0500179Configuration
180
181The main header file function declarations are frequently protected by C
182preprocessing directives of the form:
183
184 #ifdef PNG_feature_SUPPORTED
185 declare-function
186 #endif
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7a287242011-07-26 12:03:11 -0500187 ...
188 #ifdef PNG_feature_SUPPORTED
189 use-function
190 #endif
Glenn Randers-Pehrson2be8b642010-07-29 19:09:18 -0500191
192The library can be built without support for these APIs, although a
193standard build will have all implemented APIs. Application programs
194should check the feature macros before using an API for maximum
195portability. From libpng 1.5.0 the feature macros set during the build
196of libpng are recorded in the header file "pnglibconf.h" and this file
197is always included by png.h.
198
Glenn Randers-Pehrsona5e55472011-07-12 10:13:32 -0500199If you don't need to change the library configuration from the default, skip to
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49a56e72010-12-06 20:06:01 -0600200the next section ("Reading").
201
202Notice that some of the makefiles in the 'scripts' directory and (in 1.5.0) all
203of the build project files in the 'projects' directory simply copy
204scripts/pnglibconf.h.prebuilt to pnglibconf.h. This means that these build
205systems do not permit easy auto-configuration of the library - they only
206support the default configuration.
207
208The easiest way to make minor changes to the libpng configuration when
209auto-configuration is supported is to add definitions to the command line
210using (typically) CPPFLAGS. For example:
211
212CPPFLAGS=-DPNG_NO_FLOATING_ARITHMETIC
213
214will change the internal libpng math implementation for gamma correction and
215other arithmetic calculations to fixed point, avoiding the need for fast
216floating point support. The result can be seen in the generated pnglibconf.h -
217make sure it contains the changed feature macro setting.
218
219If you need to make more extensive configuration changes - more than one or two
220feature macro settings - you can either add -DPNG_USER_CONFIG to the build
221command line and put a list of feature macro settings in pngusr.h or you can set
222DFA_XTRA (a makefile variable) to a file containing the same information in the
223form of 'option' settings.
224
225A. Changing pnglibconf.h
226
227A variety of methods exist to build libpng. Not all of these support
228reconfiguration of pnglibconf.h. To reconfigure pnglibconf.h it must either be
229rebuilt from scripts/pnglibconf.dfa using awk or it must be edited by hand.
230
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7a287242011-07-26 12:03:11 -0500231Hand editing is achieved by copying scripts/pnglibconf.h.prebuilt to
232pnglibconf.h and changing the lines defining the supported features, paying
233very close attention to the 'option' information in scripts/pnglibconf.dfa
234that describes those features and their requirements. This is easy to get
235wrong.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49a56e72010-12-06 20:06:01 -0600236
237B. Configuration using DFA_XTRA
238
239Rebuilding from pnglibconf.dfa is easy if a functioning 'awk', or a later
240variant such as 'nawk' or 'gawk', is available. The configure build will
241automatically find an appropriate awk and build pnglibconf.h.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7a287242011-07-26 12:03:11 -0500242The scripts/pnglibconf.mak file contains a set of make rules for doing the
243same thing if configure is not used, and many of the makefiles in the scripts
244directory use this approach.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49a56e72010-12-06 20:06:01 -0600245
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7a287242011-07-26 12:03:11 -0500246When rebuilding simply write a new file containing changed options and set
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49a56e72010-12-06 20:06:01 -0600247DFA_XTRA to the name of this file. This causes the build to append the new file
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7a287242011-07-26 12:03:11 -0500248to the end of scripts/pnglibconf.dfa. The pngusr.dfa file should contain lines
249of the following forms:
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49a56e72010-12-06 20:06:01 -0600250
251everything = off
252
253This turns all optional features off. Include it at the start of pngusr.dfa to
254make it easier to build a minimal configuration. You will need to turn at least
255some features on afterward to enable either reading or writing code, or both.
256
257option feature on
258option feature off
259
260Enable or disable a single feature. This will automatically enable other
261features required by a feature that is turned on or disable other features that
262require a feature which is turned off. Conflicting settings will cause an error
263message to be emitted by awk.
264
265setting feature default value
266
267Changes the default value of setting 'feature' to 'value'. There are a small
268number of settings listed at the top of pnglibconf.h, they are documented in the
269source code. Most of these values have performance implications for the library
270but most of them have no visible effect on the API. Some can also be overridden
271from the API.
272
Glenn Randers-Pehrsona5e55472011-07-12 10:13:32 -0500273This method of building a customized pnglibconf.h is illustrated in
274contrib/pngminim/*. See the "$(PNGCONF):" target in the makefile and
275pngusr.dfa in these directories.
276
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7017c402014-03-16 20:29:11 -0500277C. Configuration using PNG_USER_CONFIG
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49a56e72010-12-06 20:06:01 -0600278
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7017c402014-03-16 20:29:11 -0500279If -DPNG_USER_CONFIG is added to the CPPFLAGS when pnglibconf.h is built,
280the file pngusr.h will automatically be included before the options in
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7a287242011-07-26 12:03:11 -0500281scripts/pnglibconf.dfa are processed. Your pngusr.h file should contain only
282macro definitions turning features on or off or setting settings.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49a56e72010-12-06 20:06:01 -0600283
284Apart from the global setting "everything = off" all the options listed above
285can be set using macros in pngusr.h:
286
287#define PNG_feature_SUPPORTED
288
289is equivalent to:
290
291option feature on
292
293#define PNG_NO_feature
294
295is equivalent to:
296
297option feature off
298
299#define PNG_feature value
300
301is equivalent to:
302
303setting feature default value
304
305Notice that in both cases, pngusr.dfa and pngusr.h, the contents of the
306pngusr file you supply override the contents of scripts/pnglibconf.dfa
307
308If confusing or incomprehensible behavior results it is possible to
309examine the intermediate file pnglibconf.dfn to find the full set of
310dependency information for each setting and option. Simply locate the
311feature in the file and read the C comments that precede it.
312
Glenn Randers-Pehrsona5e55472011-07-12 10:13:32 -0500313This method is also illustrated in the contrib/pngminim/* makefiles and
314pngusr.h.
315
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500316III. Reading
317
318We'll now walk you through the possible functions to call when reading
319in a PNG file sequentially, briefly explaining the syntax and purpose
320of each one. See example.c and png.h for more detail. While
321progressive reading is covered in the next section, you will still
322need some of the functions discussed in this section to read a PNG
323file.
324
325Setup
326
327You will want to do the I/O initialization(*) before you get into libpng,
328so if it doesn't work, you don't have much to undo. Of course, you
329will also want to insure that you are, in fact, dealing with a PNG
330file. Libpng provides a simple check to see if a file is a PNG file.
331To use it, pass in the first 1 to 8 bytes of the file to the function
332png_sig_cmp(), and it will return 0 (false) if the bytes match the
333corresponding bytes of the PNG signature, or nonzero (true) otherwise.
334Of course, the more bytes you pass in, the greater the accuracy of the
335prediction.
336
337If you are intending to keep the file pointer open for use in libpng,
338you must ensure you don't read more than 8 bytes from the beginning
339of the file, and you also have to make a call to png_set_sig_bytes_read()
340with the number of bytes you read from the beginning. Libpng will
341then only check the bytes (if any) that your program didn't read.
342
343(*): If you are not using the standard I/O functions, you will need
344to replace them with custom functions. See the discussion under
345Customizing libpng.
346
347
348 FILE *fp = fopen(file_name, "rb");
349 if (!fp)
350 {
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600351 return (ERROR);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500352 }
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600353
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500354 fread(header, 1, number, fp);
355 is_png = !png_sig_cmp(header, 0, number);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600356
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500357 if (!is_png)
358 {
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600359 return (NOT_PNG);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500360 }
361
362
363Next, png_struct and png_info need to be allocated and initialized. In
364order to ensure that the size of these structures is correct even with a
365dynamically linked libpng, there are functions to initialize and
366allocate the structures. We also pass the library version, optional
367pointers to error handling functions, and a pointer to a data struct for
368use by the error functions, if necessary (the pointer and functions can
369be NULL if the default error handlers are to be used). See the section
370on Changes to Libpng below regarding the old initialization functions.
371The structure allocation functions quietly return NULL if they fail to
372create the structure, so your application should check for that.
373
374 png_structp png_ptr = png_create_read_struct
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600375 (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, (png_voidp)user_error_ptr,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500376 user_error_fn, user_warning_fn);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600377
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500378 if (!png_ptr)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600379 return (ERROR);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500380
381 png_infop info_ptr = png_create_info_struct(png_ptr);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600382
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500383 if (!info_ptr)
384 {
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600385 png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500386 (png_infopp)NULL, (png_infopp)NULL);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600387 return (ERROR);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500388 }
389
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500390If you want to use your own memory allocation routines,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600391use a libpng that was built with PNG_USER_MEM_SUPPORTED defined, and use
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500392png_create_read_struct_2() instead of png_create_read_struct():
393
394 png_structp png_ptr = png_create_read_struct_2
Glenn Randers-Pehrson20786be2011-04-20 22:20:40 -0500395 (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, (png_voidp)user_error_ptr,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500396 user_error_fn, user_warning_fn, (png_voidp)
397 user_mem_ptr, user_malloc_fn, user_free_fn);
398
399The error handling routines passed to png_create_read_struct()
400and the memory alloc/free routines passed to png_create_struct_2()
401are only necessary if you are not using the libpng supplied error
402handling and memory alloc/free functions.
403
404When libpng encounters an error, it expects to longjmp back
405to your routine. Therefore, you will need to call setjmp and pass
406your png_jmpbuf(png_ptr). If you read the file from different
John Bowlere6dc85b2011-04-27 14:47:15 -0500407routines, you will need to update the longjmp buffer every time you enter
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500408a new routine that will call a png_*() function.
409
410See your documentation of setjmp/longjmp for your compiler for more
411information on setjmp/longjmp. See the discussion on libpng error
412handling in the Customizing Libpng section below for more information
413on the libpng error handling. If an error occurs, and libpng longjmp's
414back to your setjmp, you will want to call png_destroy_read_struct() to
415free any memory.
416
417 if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(png_ptr)))
418 {
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600419 png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500420 &end_info);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600421 fclose(fp);
422 return (ERROR);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500423 }
424
Glenn Randers-Pehrson20786be2011-04-20 22:20:40 -0500425Pass (png_infopp)NULL instead of &end_info if you didn't create
426an end_info structure.
427
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500428If you would rather avoid the complexity of setjmp/longjmp issues,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson54ac9a92010-04-02 17:06:22 -0500429you can compile libpng with PNG_NO_SETJMP, in which case
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500430errors will result in a call to PNG_ABORT() which defaults to abort().
431
Glenn Randers-Pehrson54ac9a92010-04-02 17:06:22 -0500432You can #define PNG_ABORT() to a function that does something
433more useful than abort(), as long as your function does not
434return.
435
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500436Now you need to set up the input code. The default for libpng is to
437use the C function fread(). If you use this, you will need to pass a
438valid FILE * in the function png_init_io(). Be sure that the file is
439opened in binary mode. If you wish to handle reading data in another
440way, you need not call the png_init_io() function, but you must then
441implement the libpng I/O methods discussed in the Customizing Libpng
442section below.
443
444 png_init_io(png_ptr, fp);
445
446If you had previously opened the file and read any of the signature from
447the beginning in order to see if this was a PNG file, you need to let
448libpng know that there are some bytes missing from the start of the file.
449
450 png_set_sig_bytes(png_ptr, number);
451
Glenn Randers-Pehrsone3f3c4e2010-02-07 18:08:50 -0600452You can change the zlib compression buffer size to be used while
453reading compressed data with
454
455 png_set_compression_buffer_size(png_ptr, buffer_size);
456
457where the default size is 8192 bytes. Note that the buffer size
458is changed immediately and the buffer is reallocated immediately,
459instead of setting a flag to be acted upon later.
460
Glenn Randers-Pehrson9dd1cdf2011-01-06 21:42:36 -0600461If you want CRC errors to be handled in a different manner than
462the default, use
463
464 png_set_crc_action(png_ptr, crit_action, ancil_action);
465
466The values for png_set_crc_action() say how libpng is to handle CRC errors in
467ancillary and critical chunks, and whether to use the data contained
468therein. Note that it is impossible to "discard" data in a critical
469chunk.
470
471Choices for (int) crit_action are
472 PNG_CRC_DEFAULT 0 error/quit
473 PNG_CRC_ERROR_QUIT 1 error/quit
474 PNG_CRC_WARN_USE 3 warn/use data
475 PNG_CRC_QUIET_USE 4 quiet/use data
476 PNG_CRC_NO_CHANGE 5 use the current value
477
478Choices for (int) ancil_action are
479 PNG_CRC_DEFAULT 0 error/quit
480 PNG_CRC_ERROR_QUIT 1 error/quit
481 PNG_CRC_WARN_DISCARD 2 warn/discard data
482 PNG_CRC_WARN_USE 3 warn/use data
483 PNG_CRC_QUIET_USE 4 quiet/use data
484 PNG_CRC_NO_CHANGE 5 use the current value
485
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500486Setting up callback code
487
488You can set up a callback function to handle any unknown chunks in the
489input stream. You must supply the function
490
Glenn Randers-Pehrson81ce8892011-01-24 08:04:37 -0600491 read_chunk_callback(png_structp png_ptr,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500492 png_unknown_chunkp chunk);
493 {
494 /* The unknown chunk structure contains your
495 chunk data, along with similar data for any other
496 unknown chunks: */
497
498 png_byte name[5];
499 png_byte *data;
500 png_size_t size;
501
502 /* Note that libpng has already taken care of
503 the CRC handling */
504
505 /* put your code here. Search for your chunk in the
506 unknown chunk structure, process it, and return one
507 of the following: */
508
509 return (-n); /* chunk had an error */
510 return (0); /* did not recognize */
511 return (n); /* success */
512 }
513
514(You can give your function another name that you like instead of
515"read_chunk_callback")
516
517To inform libpng about your function, use
518
519 png_set_read_user_chunk_fn(png_ptr, user_chunk_ptr,
520 read_chunk_callback);
521
522This names not only the callback function, but also a user pointer that
523you can retrieve with
524
525 png_get_user_chunk_ptr(png_ptr);
526
527If you call the png_set_read_user_chunk_fn() function, then all unknown
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7017c402014-03-16 20:29:11 -0500528chunks which the callback does not handle will be saved when read. You can
529cause them to be discarded by returning '1' ("handled") instead of '0'. This
530behavior will change in libpng 1.7 and the default handling set by the
531png_set_keep_unknown_chunks() function, described below, will be used when the
532callback returns 0. If you want the existing behavior you should set the global
533default to PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_IF_SAFE now; this is compatible with all current
534versions of libpng and with 1.7. Libpng 1.6 issues a warning if you keep the
535default, or PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_NEVER, and the callback returns 0.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500536
537At this point, you can set up a callback function that will be
538called after each row has been read, which you can use to control
539a progress meter or the like. It's demonstrated in pngtest.c.
540You must supply a function
541
Glenn Randers-Pehrson81ce8892011-01-24 08:04:37 -0600542 void read_row_callback(png_structp png_ptr,
543 png_uint_32 row, int pass);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500544 {
545 /* put your code here */
546 }
547
548(You can give it another name that you like instead of "read_row_callback")
549
550To inform libpng about your function, use
551
552 png_set_read_status_fn(png_ptr, read_row_callback);
553
John Bowler59010e52011-02-16 06:16:31 -0600554When this function is called the row has already been completely processed and
555the 'row' and 'pass' refer to the next row to be handled. For the
556non-interlaced case the row that was just handled is simply one less than the
557passed in row number, and pass will always be 0. For the interlaced case the
558same applies unless the row value is 0, in which case the row just handled was
559the last one from one of the preceding passes. Because interlacing may skip a
560pass you cannot be sure that the preceding pass is just 'pass-1', if you really
561need to know what the last pass is record (row,pass) from the callback and use
562the last recorded value each time.
563
564As with the user transform you can find the output row using the
565PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW macro.
566
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500567Unknown-chunk handling
568
569Now you get to set the way the library processes unknown chunks in the
570input PNG stream. Both known and unknown chunks will be read. Normal
571behavior is that known chunks will be parsed into information in
572various info_ptr members while unknown chunks will be discarded. This
573behavior can be wasteful if your application will never use some known
574chunk types. To change this, you can call:
575
576 png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(png_ptr, keep,
577 chunk_list, num_chunks);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -0600578
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500579 keep - 0: default unknown chunk handling
580 1: ignore; do not keep
581 2: keep only if safe-to-copy
582 3: keep even if unsafe-to-copy
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600583
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500584 You can use these definitions:
585 PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_AS_DEFAULT 0
586 PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_NEVER 1
587 PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_IF_SAFE 2
588 PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_ALWAYS 3
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600589
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500590 chunk_list - list of chunks affected (a byte string,
591 five bytes per chunk, NULL or '\0' if
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -0600592 num_chunks is positive; ignored if
593 numchunks <= 0).
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600594
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500595 num_chunks - number of chunks affected; if 0, all
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -0600596 unknown chunks are affected. If positive,
597 only the chunks in the list are affected,
598 and if negative all unknown chunks and
599 all known chunks except for the IHDR,
600 PLTE, tRNS, IDAT, and IEND chunks are
601 affected.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500602
603Unknown chunks declared in this way will be saved as raw data onto a
604list of png_unknown_chunk structures. If a chunk that is normally
605known to libpng is named in the list, it will be handled as unknown,
606according to the "keep" directive. If a chunk is named in successive
607instances of png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(), the final instance will
608take precedence. The IHDR and IEND chunks should not be named in
609chunk_list; if they are, libpng will process them normally anyway.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7a287242011-07-26 12:03:11 -0500610If you know that your application will never make use of some particular
611chunks, use PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_NEVER (or 1) as demonstrated below.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500612
613Here is an example of the usage of png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(),
614where the private "vpAg" chunk will later be processed by a user chunk
615callback function:
616
617 png_byte vpAg[5]={118, 112, 65, 103, (png_byte) '\0'};
618
619 #if defined(PNG_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED)
620 png_byte unused_chunks[]=
621 {
622 104, 73, 83, 84, (png_byte) '\0', /* hIST */
623 105, 84, 88, 116, (png_byte) '\0', /* iTXt */
624 112, 67, 65, 76, (png_byte) '\0', /* pCAL */
625 115, 67, 65, 76, (png_byte) '\0', /* sCAL */
626 115, 80, 76, 84, (png_byte) '\0', /* sPLT */
627 116, 73, 77, 69, (png_byte) '\0', /* tIME */
628 };
629 #endif
630
631 ...
632
633 #if defined(PNG_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7017c402014-03-16 20:29:11 -0500634 /* ignore all unknown chunks
635 * (use global setting "2" for libpng16 and earlier):
636 */
637 png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(read_ptr, 2, NULL, 0);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600638
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500639 /* except for vpAg: */
640 png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(read_ptr, 2, vpAg, 1);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600641
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500642 /* also ignore unused known chunks: */
643 png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(read_ptr, 1, unused_chunks,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7017c402014-03-16 20:29:11 -0500644 (int)(sizeof unused_chunks)/5);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500645 #endif
646
647User limits
648
649The PNG specification allows the width and height of an image to be as
650large as 2^31-1 (0x7fffffff), or about 2.147 billion rows and columns.
651Since very few applications really need to process such large images,
652we have imposed an arbitrary 1-million limit on rows and columns.
653Larger images will be rejected immediately with a png_error() call. If
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0cb906d2011-06-11 14:22:22 -0500654you wish to change this limit, you can use
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500655
656 png_set_user_limits(png_ptr, width_max, height_max);
657
658to set your own limits, or use width_max = height_max = 0x7fffffffL
659to allow all valid dimensions (libpng may reject some very large images
660anyway because of potential buffer overflow conditions).
661
662You should put this statement after you create the PNG structure and
663before calling png_read_info(), png_read_png(), or png_process_data().
Glenn Randers-Pehrsoncc277082011-06-10 21:17:34 -0500664
665When writing a PNG datastream, put this statement before calling
666png_write_info() or png_write_png().
667
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500668If you need to retrieve the limits that are being applied, use
669
670 width_max = png_get_user_width_max(png_ptr);
671 height_max = png_get_user_height_max(png_ptr);
672
673The PNG specification sets no limit on the number of ancillary chunks
674allowed in a PNG datastream. You can impose a limit on the total number
675of sPLT, tEXt, iTXt, zTXt, and unknown chunks that will be stored, with
676
677 png_set_chunk_cache_max(png_ptr, user_chunk_cache_max);
678
679where 0x7fffffffL means unlimited. You can retrieve this limit with
680
681 chunk_cache_max = png_get_chunk_cache_max(png_ptr);
682
Glenn Randers-Pehrsone3f3c4e2010-02-07 18:08:50 -0600683You can also set a limit on the amount of memory that a compressed chunk
684other than IDAT can occupy, with
685
686 png_set_chunk_malloc_max(png_ptr, user_chunk_malloc_max);
687
688and you can retrieve the limit with
689
690 chunk_malloc_max = png_get_chunk_malloc_max(png_ptr);
691
692Any chunks that would cause either of these limits to be exceeded will
693be ignored.
694
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500695Information about your system
696
697If you intend to display the PNG or to incorporate it in other image data you
698need to tell libpng information about your display or drawing surface so that
699libpng can convert the values in the image to match the display.
700
Glenn Randers-Pehrson733b1312011-06-15 13:21:01 -0500701From libpng-1.5.4 this information can be set before reading the PNG file
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500702header. In earlier versions png_set_gamma() existed but behaved incorrectly if
703called before the PNG file header had been read and png_set_alpha_mode() did not
704exist.
705
Glenn Randers-Pehrson733b1312011-06-15 13:21:01 -0500706If you need to support versions prior to libpng-1.5.4 test the version number
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7a287242011-07-26 12:03:11 -0500707as illustrated below using "PNG_LIBPNG_VER >= 10504" and follow the procedures
708described in the appropriate manual page.
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500709
710You give libpng the encoding expected by your system expressed as a 'gamma'
711value. You can also specify a default encoding for the PNG file in
712case the required information is missing from the file. By default libpng
713assumes that the PNG data matches your system, to keep this default call:
714
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7017c402014-03-16 20:29:11 -0500715 png_set_gamma(png_ptr, screen_gamma, output_gamma);
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500716
717or you can use the fixed point equivalent:
718
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -0600719 png_set_gamma_fixed(png_ptr, PNG_FP_1*screen_gamma,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7017c402014-03-16 20:29:11 -0500720 PNG_FP_1*output_gamma);
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500721
Glenn Randers-Pehrson95ba4172011-09-08 12:21:42 -0500722If you don't know the gamma for your system it is probably 2.2 - a good
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500723approximation to the IEC standard for display systems (sRGB). If images are
724too contrasty or washed out you got the value wrong - check your system
725documentation!
726
727Many systems permit the system gamma to be changed via a lookup table in the
728display driver, a few systems, including older Macs, change the response by
Glenn Randers-Pehrson733b1312011-06-15 13:21:01 -0500729default. As of 1.5.4 three special values are available to handle common
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500730situations:
731
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -0600732 PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB: Indicates that the system conforms to the
733 IEC 61966-2-1 standard. This matches almost
734 all systems.
735 PNG_GAMMA_MAC_18: Indicates that the system is an older
736 (pre Mac OS 10.6) Apple Macintosh system with
737 the default settings.
738 PNG_GAMMA_LINEAR: Just the fixed point value for 1.0 - indicates
739 that the system expects data with no gamma
740 encoding.
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500741
742You would use the linear (unencoded) value if you need to process the pixel
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7017c402014-03-16 20:29:11 -0500743values further because this avoids the need to decode and re-encode each
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500744component value whenever arithmetic is performed. A lot of graphics software
745uses linear values for this reason, often with higher precision component values
746to preserve overall accuracy.
747
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7017c402014-03-16 20:29:11 -0500748
749The output_gamma value expresses how to decode the output values, not how
750they are encoded. The values used correspond to the normal numbers used to
751describe the overall gamma of a computer display system; for example 2.2 for
752an sRGB conformant system. The values are scaled by 100000 in the _fixed
753version of the API (so 220000 for sRGB.)
754
755The inverse of the value is always used to provide a default for the PNG file
756encoding if it has no gAMA chunk and if png_set_gamma() has not been called
757to override the PNG gamma information.
758
759When the ALPHA_OPTIMIZED mode is selected the output gamma is used to encode
760opaque pixels however pixels with lower alpha values are not encoded,
761regardless of the output gamma setting.
762
763When the standard Porter Duff handling is requested with mode 1 the output
764encoding is set to be linear and the output_gamma value is only relevant
765as a default for input data that has no gamma information. The linear output
766encoding will be overridden if png_set_gamma() is called - the results may be
767highly unexpected!
768
769The following numbers are derived from the sRGB standard and the research
770behind it. sRGB is defined to be approximated by a PNG gAMA chunk value of
7710.45455 (1/2.2) for PNG. The value implicitly includes any viewing
772correction required to take account of any differences in the color
773environment of the original scene and the intended display environment; the
774value expresses how to *decode* the image for display, not how the original
775data was *encoded*.
776
777sRGB provides a peg for the PNG standard by defining a viewing environment.
778sRGB itself, and earlier TV standards, actually use a more complex transform
779(a linear portion then a gamma 2.4 power law) than PNG can express. (PNG is
780limited to simple power laws.) By saying that an image for direct display on
781an sRGB conformant system should be stored with a gAMA chunk value of 45455
782(11.3.3.2 and 11.3.3.5 of the ISO PNG specification) the PNG specification
783makes it possible to derive values for other display systems and
784environments.
785
786The Mac value is deduced from the sRGB based on an assumption that the actual
787extra viewing correction used in early Mac display systems was implemented as
788a power 1.45 lookup table.
789
790Any system where a programmable lookup table is used or where the behavior of
791the final display device characteristics can be changed requires system
792specific code to obtain the current characteristic. However this can be
793difficult and most PNG gamma correction only requires an approximate value.
794
795By default, if png_set_alpha_mode() is not called, libpng assumes that all
796values are unencoded, linear, values and that the output device also has a
797linear characteristic. This is only very rarely correct - it is invariably
798better to call png_set_alpha_mode() with PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB than rely on the
799default if you don't know what the right answer is!
800
801The special value PNG_GAMMA_MAC_18 indicates an older Mac system (pre Mac OS
80210.6) which used a correction table to implement a somewhat lower gamma on an
803otherwise sRGB system.
804
805Both these values are reserved (not simple gamma values) in order to allow
806more precise correction internally in the future.
807
808NOTE: the values can be passed to either the fixed or floating
809point APIs, but the floating point API will also accept floating point
810values.
811
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500812The second thing you may need to tell libpng about is how your system handles
813alpha channel information. Some, but not all, PNG files contain an alpha
814channel. To display these files correctly you need to compose the data onto a
815suitable background, as described in the PNG specification.
816
817Libpng only supports composing onto a single color (using png_set_background;
Glenn Randers-Pehrson95ba4172011-09-08 12:21:42 -0500818see below). Otherwise you must do the composition yourself and, in this case,
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500819you may need to call png_set_alpha_mode:
820
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -0600821 #if PNG_LIBPNG_VER >= 10504
822 png_set_alpha_mode(png_ptr, mode, screen_gamma);
823 #else
824 png_set_gamma(png_ptr, screen_gamma, 1.0/screen_gamma);
825 #endif
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500826
Glenn Randers-Pehrson95ba4172011-09-08 12:21:42 -0500827The screen_gamma value is the same as the argument to png_set_gamma; however,
828how it affects the output depends on the mode. png_set_alpha_mode() sets the
829file gamma default to 1/screen_gamma, so normally you don't need to call
Glenn Randers-Pehrson593fc042011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500830png_set_gamma. If you need different defaults call png_set_gamma() before
831png_set_alpha_mode() - if you call it after it will override the settings made
832by png_set_alpha_mode().
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500833
834The mode is as follows:
835
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7017c402014-03-16 20:29:11 -0500836 PNG_ALPHA_PNG: The data is encoded according to the PNG
837specification. Red, green and blue, or gray, components are
838gamma encoded color values and are not premultiplied by the
839alpha value. The alpha value is a linear measure of the
840contribution of the pixel to the corresponding final output pixel.
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500841
Glenn Randers-Pehrson593fc042011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500842You should normally use this format if you intend to perform
843color correction on the color values; most, maybe all, color
844correction software has no handling for the alpha channel and,
845anyway, the math to handle pre-multiplied component values is
846unnecessarily complex.
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500847
Glenn Randers-Pehrson593fc042011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500848Before you do any arithmetic on the component values you need
849to remove the gamma encoding and multiply out the alpha
850channel. See the PNG specification for more detail. It is
851important to note that when an image with an alpha channel is
852scaled, linear encoded, pre-multiplied component values must
853be used!
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500854
855The remaining modes assume you don't need to do any further color correction or
Glenn Randers-Pehrson95ba4172011-09-08 12:21:42 -0500856that if you do, your color correction software knows all about alpha (it
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7017c402014-03-16 20:29:11 -0500857probably doesn't!). They 'associate' the alpha with the color information by
858storing color channel values that have been scaled by the alpha. The
859advantage is that the color channels can be resampled (the image can be
860scaled) in this form. The disadvantage is that normal practice is to store
861linear, not (gamma) encoded, values and this requires 16-bit channels for
862still images rather than the 8-bit channels that are just about sufficient if
863gamma encoding is used. In addition all non-transparent pixel values,
864including completely opaque ones, must be gamma encoded to produce the final
865image. These are the 'STANDARD', 'ASSOCIATED' or 'PREMULTIPLIED' modes
866described below (the latter being the two common names for associated alpha
867color channels). Note that PNG files always contain non-associated color
868channels; png_set_alpha_mode() with one of the modes causes the decoder to
869convert the pixels to an associated form before returning them to your
870application.
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500871
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7017c402014-03-16 20:29:11 -0500872Since it is not necessary to perform arithmetic on opaque color values so
873long as they are not to be resampled and are in the final color space it is
874possible to optimize the handling of alpha by storing the opaque pixels in
875the PNG format (adjusted for the output color space) while storing partially
876opaque pixels in the standard, linear, format. The accuracy required for
877standard alpha composition is relatively low, because the pixels are
878isolated, therefore typically the accuracy loss in storing 8-bit linear
879values is acceptable. (This is not true if the alpha channel is used to
880simulate transparency over large areas - use 16 bits or the PNG mode in
881this case!) This is the 'OPTIMIZED' mode. For this mode a pixel is
882treated as opaque only if the alpha value is equal to the maximum value.
883
884 PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD: The data libpng produces is encoded in the
885standard way assumed by most correctly written graphics software.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson593fc042011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500886The gamma encoding will be removed by libpng and the
887linear component values will be pre-multiplied by the
888alpha channel.
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500889
Glenn Randers-Pehrson593fc042011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500890With this format the final image must be re-encoded to
891match the display gamma before the image is displayed.
892If your system doesn't do that, yet still seems to
893perform arithmetic on the pixels without decoding them,
894it is broken - check out the modes below.
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500895
Glenn Randers-Pehrson593fc042011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500896With PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD libpng always produces linear
897component values, whatever screen_gamma you supply. The
898screen_gamma value is, however, used as a default for
899the file gamma if the PNG file has no gamma information.
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500900
Glenn Randers-Pehrson593fc042011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500901If you call png_set_gamma() after png_set_alpha_mode() you
902will override the linear encoding. Instead the
903pre-multiplied pixel values will be gamma encoded but
904the alpha channel will still be linear. This may
905actually match the requirements of some broken software,
906but it is unlikely.
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500907
Glenn Randers-Pehrson593fc042011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500908While linear 8-bit data is often used it has
909insufficient precision for any image with a reasonable
910dynamic range. To avoid problems, and if your software
911supports it, use png_set_expand_16() to force all
912components to 16 bits.
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500913
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7017c402014-03-16 20:29:11 -0500914 PNG_ALPHA_OPTIMIZED: This mode is the same as PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD
915except that completely opaque pixels are gamma encoded according to
Glenn Randers-Pehrson593fc042011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500916the screen_gamma value. Pixels with alpha less than 1.0
917will still have linear components.
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500918
Glenn Randers-Pehrson593fc042011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500919Use this format if you have control over your
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -0600920compositing software and so don't do other arithmetic
Glenn Randers-Pehrson593fc042011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500921(such as scaling) on the data you get from libpng. Your
922compositing software can simply copy opaque pixels to
923the output but still has linear values for the
924non-opaque pixels.
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500925
Glenn Randers-Pehrson593fc042011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500926In normal compositing, where the alpha channel encodes
927partial pixel coverage (as opposed to broad area
928translucency), the inaccuracies of the 8-bit
929representation of non-opaque pixels are irrelevant.
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500930
Glenn Randers-Pehrson593fc042011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500931You can also try this format if your software is broken;
932it might look better.
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500933
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7017c402014-03-16 20:29:11 -0500934 PNG_ALPHA_BROKEN: This is PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD; however, all component
935values, including the alpha channel are gamma encoded. This is
936broken because, in practice, no implementation that uses this choice
937correctly undoes the encoding before handling alpha composition. Use this
938choice only if other serious errors in the software or hardware you use
939mandate it. In most cases of broken software or hardware the bug in the
940final display manifests as a subtle halo around composited parts of the
941image. You may not even perceive this as a halo; the composited part of
942the image may simply appear separate from the background, as though it had
943been cut out of paper and pasted on afterward.
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500944
945If you don't have to deal with bugs in software or hardware, or if you can fix
Glenn Randers-Pehrson593fc042011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500946them, there are three recommended ways of using png_set_alpha_mode():
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500947
Glenn Randers-Pehrson593fc042011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500948 png_set_alpha_mode(png_ptr, PNG_ALPHA_PNG,
949 screen_gamma);
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500950
Glenn Randers-Pehrson593fc042011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500951You can do color correction on the result (libpng does not currently
Glenn Randers-Pehrson95ba4172011-09-08 12:21:42 -0500952support color correction internally). When you handle the alpha channel
Glenn Randers-Pehrson593fc042011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500953you need to undo the gamma encoding and multiply out the alpha.
954
955 png_set_alpha_mode(png_ptr, PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD,
956 screen_gamma);
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500957 png_set_expand_16(png_ptr);
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500958
Glenn Randers-Pehrson95ba4172011-09-08 12:21:42 -0500959If you are using the high level interface, don't call png_set_expand_16();
Glenn Randers-Pehrson593fc042011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500960instead pass PNG_TRANSFORM_EXPAND_16 to the interface.
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500961
Glenn Randers-Pehrson593fc042011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500962With this mode you can't do color correction, but you can do arithmetic,
963including composition and scaling, on the data without further processing.
964
965 png_set_alpha_mode(png_ptr, PNG_ALPHA_OPTIMIZED,
966 screen_gamma);
967
968You can avoid the expansion to 16-bit components with this mode, but you
969lose the ability to scale the image or perform other linear arithmetic.
970All you can do is compose the result onto a matching output. Since this
Glenn Randers-Pehrson95ba4172011-09-08 12:21:42 -0500971mode is libpng-specific you also need to write your own composition
Glenn Randers-Pehrson593fc042011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500972software.
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500973
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7017c402014-03-16 20:29:11 -0500974The following are examples of calls to png_set_alpha_mode to achieve the
975required overall gamma correction and, where necessary, alpha
976premultiplication.
977
978 png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_PNG, PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB);
979
980This is the default libpng handling of the alpha channel - it is not
981pre-multiplied into the color components. In addition the call states
982that the output is for a sRGB system and causes all PNG files without gAMA
983chunks to be assumed to be encoded using sRGB.
984
985 png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_PNG, PNG_GAMMA_MAC);
986
987In this case the output is assumed to be something like an sRGB conformant
988display preceeded by a power-law lookup table of power 1.45. This is how
989early Mac systems behaved.
990
991 png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD, PNG_GAMMA_LINEAR);
992
993This is the classic Jim Blinn approach and will work in academic
994environments where everything is done by the book. It has the shortcoming
995of assuming that input PNG data with no gamma information is linear - this
996is unlikely to be correct unless the PNG files where generated locally.
997Most of the time the output precision will be so low as to show
998significant banding in dark areas of the image.
999
1000 png_set_expand_16(pp);
1001 png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD, PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB);
1002
1003This is a somewhat more realistic Jim Blinn inspired approach. PNG files
1004are assumed to have the sRGB encoding if not marked with a gamma value and
1005the output is always 16 bits per component. This permits accurate scaling
1006and processing of the data. If you know that your input PNG files were
1007generated locally you might need to replace PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB with the
1008correct value for your system.
1009
1010 png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_OPTIMIZED, PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB);
1011
1012If you just need to composite the PNG image onto an existing background
1013and if you control the code that does this you can use the optimization
1014setting. In this case you just copy completely opaque pixels to the
1015output. For pixels that are not completely transparent (you just skip
1016those) you do the composition math using png_composite or png_composite_16
1017below then encode the resultant 8-bit or 16-bit values to match the output
1018encoding.
1019
1020 Other cases
1021
1022If neither the PNG nor the standard linear encoding work for you because
1023of the software or hardware you use then you have a big problem. The PNG
1024case will probably result in halos around the image. The linear encoding
1025will probably result in a washed out, too bright, image (it's actually too
1026contrasty.) Try the ALPHA_OPTIMIZED mode above - this will probably
1027substantially reduce the halos. Alternatively try:
1028
1029 png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_BROKEN, PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB);
1030
1031This option will also reduce the halos, but there will be slight dark
1032halos round the opaque parts of the image where the background is light.
1033In the OPTIMIZED mode the halos will be light halos where the background
1034is dark. Take your pick - the halos are unavoidable unless you can get
1035your hardware/software fixed! (The OPTIMIZED approach is slightly
1036faster.)
1037
1038When the default gamma of PNG files doesn't match the output gamma.
1039If you have PNG files with no gamma information png_set_alpha_mode allows
1040you to provide a default gamma, but it also sets the ouput gamma to the
1041matching value. If you know your PNG files have a gamma that doesn't
1042match the output you can take advantage of the fact that
1043png_set_alpha_mode always sets the output gamma but only sets the PNG
1044default if it is not already set:
1045
1046 png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_PNG, PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB);
1047 png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_PNG, PNG_GAMMA_MAC);
1048
1049The first call sets both the default and the output gamma values, the
1050second call overrides the output gamma without changing the default. This
1051is easier than achieving the same effect with png_set_gamma. You must use
1052PNG_ALPHA_PNG for the first call - internal checking in png_set_alpha will
1053fire if more than one call to png_set_alpha_mode and png_set_background is
1054made in the same read operation, however multiple calls with PNG_ALPHA_PNG
1055are ignored.
1056
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -05001057If you don't need, or can't handle, the alpha channel you can call
Glenn Randers-Pehrson593fc042011-05-12 22:18:23 -05001058png_set_background() to remove it by compositing against a fixed color. Don't
1059call png_set_strip_alpha() to do this - it will leave spurious pixel values in
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -05001060transparent parts of this image.
1061
Glenn Randers-Pehrson593fc042011-05-12 22:18:23 -05001062 png_set_background(png_ptr, &background_color,
1063 PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_SCREEN, 0, 1);
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -05001064
1065The background_color is an RGB or grayscale value according to the data format
1066libpng will produce for you. Because you don't yet know the format of the PNG
Glenn Randers-Pehrson95ba4172011-09-08 12:21:42 -05001067file, if you call png_set_background at this point you must arrange for the
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -05001068format produced by libpng to always have 8-bit or 16-bit components and then
1069store the color as an 8-bit or 16-bit color as appropriate. The color contains
1070separate gray and RGB component values, so you can let libpng produce gray or
1071RGB output according to the input format, but low bit depth grayscale images
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonab389792011-07-09 19:35:22 -05001072must always be converted to at least 8-bit format. (Even though low bit depth
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -05001073grayscale images can't have an alpha channel they can have a transparent
1074color!)
1075
1076You set the transforms you need later, either as flags to the high level
1077interface or libpng API calls for the low level interface. For reference the
Glenn Randers-Pehrson733b1312011-06-15 13:21:01 -05001078settings and API calls required are:
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -05001079
10808-bit values:
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonfb29e512011-06-17 20:38:24 -05001081 PNG_TRANSFORM_SCALE_16 | PNG_EXPAND
1082 png_set_expand(png_ptr); png_set_scale_16(png_ptr);
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -05001083
Glenn Randers-Pehrson733b1312011-06-15 13:21:01 -05001084 If you must get exactly the same inaccurate results
1085 produced by default in versions prior to libpng-1.5.4,
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonfb29e512011-06-17 20:38:24 -05001086 use PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_16 and png_set_strip_16(png_ptr)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson733b1312011-06-15 13:21:01 -05001087 instead.
1088
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500108916-bit values:
1090 PNG_TRANSFORM_EXPAND_16
1091 png_set_expand_16(png_ptr);
1092
1093In either case palette image data will be expanded to RGB. If you just want
1094color data you can add PNG_TRANSFORM_GRAY_TO_RGB or png_set_gray_to_rgb(png_ptr)
1095to the list.
1096
1097Calling png_set_background before the PNG file header is read will not work
Glenn Randers-Pehrson733b1312011-06-15 13:21:01 -05001098prior to libpng-1.5.4. Because the failure may result in unexpected warnings or
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -05001099errors it is therefore much safer to call png_set_background after the head has
Glenn Randers-Pehrson733b1312011-06-15 13:21:01 -05001100been read. Unfortunately this means that prior to libpng-1.5.4 it cannot be
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -05001101used with the high level interface.
1102
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001103The high-level read interface
1104
1105At this point there are two ways to proceed; through the high-level
1106read interface, or through a sequence of low-level read operations.
1107You can use the high-level interface if (a) you are willing to read
1108the entire image into memory, and (b) the input transformations
1109you want to do are limited to the following set:
1110
1111 PNG_TRANSFORM_IDENTITY No transformation
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonfb29e512011-06-17 20:38:24 -05001112 PNG_TRANSFORM_SCALE_16 Strip 16-bit samples to
1113 8-bit accurately
1114 PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_16 Chop 16-bit samples to
1115 8-bit less accurately
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001116 PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_ALPHA Discard the alpha channel
1117 PNG_TRANSFORM_PACKING Expand 1, 2 and 4-bit
1118 samples to bytes
1119 PNG_TRANSFORM_PACKSWAP Change order of packed
1120 pixels to LSB first
1121 PNG_TRANSFORM_EXPAND Perform set_expand()
1122 PNG_TRANSFORM_INVERT_MONO Invert monochrome images
1123 PNG_TRANSFORM_SHIFT Normalize pixels to the
1124 sBIT depth
1125 PNG_TRANSFORM_BGR Flip RGB to BGR, RGBA
1126 to BGRA
1127 PNG_TRANSFORM_SWAP_ALPHA Flip RGBA to ARGB or GA
1128 to AG
1129 PNG_TRANSFORM_INVERT_ALPHA Change alpha from opacity
1130 to transparency
1131 PNG_TRANSFORM_SWAP_ENDIAN Byte-swap 16-bit samples
Glenn Randers-Pehrson99708d52009-06-29 17:30:00 -05001132 PNG_TRANSFORM_GRAY_TO_RGB Expand grayscale samples
1133 to RGB (or GA to RGBA)
John Bowlera9b34192011-05-08 19:46:51 -05001134 PNG_TRANSFORM_EXPAND_16 Expand samples to 16 bits
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001135
1136(This excludes setting a background color, doing gamma transformation,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson3cd7cff2010-04-16 19:27:08 -05001137quantizing, and setting filler.) If this is the case, simply do this:
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001138
1139 png_read_png(png_ptr, info_ptr, png_transforms, NULL)
1140
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonf210a052009-11-12 10:02:24 -06001141where png_transforms is an integer containing the bitwise OR of some
1142set of transformation flags. This call is equivalent to png_read_info(),
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001143followed the set of transformations indicated by the transform mask,
1144then png_read_image(), and finally png_read_end().
1145
1146(The final parameter of this call is not yet used. Someday it might point
1147to transformation parameters required by some future input transform.)
1148
1149You must use png_transforms and not call any png_set_transform() functions
1150when you use png_read_png().
1151
1152After you have called png_read_png(), you can retrieve the image data
1153with
1154
1155 row_pointers = png_get_rows(png_ptr, info_ptr);
1156
1157where row_pointers is an array of pointers to the pixel data for each row:
1158
1159 png_bytep row_pointers[height];
1160
1161If you know your image size and pixel size ahead of time, you can allocate
1162row_pointers prior to calling png_read_png() with
1163
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7017c402014-03-16 20:29:11 -05001164 if (height > PNG_UINT_32_MAX/(sizeof (png_byte)))
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001165 png_error (png_ptr,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001166 "Image is too tall to process in memory");
1167
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001168 if (width > PNG_UINT_32_MAX/pixel_size)
1169 png_error (png_ptr,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001170 "Image is too wide to process in memory");
1171
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001172 row_pointers = png_malloc(png_ptr,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7017c402014-03-16 20:29:11 -05001173 height*(sizeof (png_bytep)));
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001174
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001175 for (int i=0; i<height, i++)
1176 row_pointers[i]=NULL; /* security precaution */
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001177
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001178 for (int i=0; i<height, i++)
1179 row_pointers[i]=png_malloc(png_ptr,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001180 width*pixel_size);
1181
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001182 png_set_rows(png_ptr, info_ptr, &row_pointers);
1183
1184Alternatively you could allocate your image in one big block and define
1185row_pointers[i] to point into the proper places in your block.
1186
1187If you use png_set_rows(), the application is responsible for freeing
1188row_pointers (and row_pointers[i], if they were separately allocated).
1189
1190If you don't allocate row_pointers ahead of time, png_read_png() will
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001191do it, and it'll be free'ed by libpng when you call png_destroy_*().
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001192
1193The low-level read interface
1194
1195If you are going the low-level route, you are now ready to read all
1196the file information up to the actual image data. You do this with a
1197call to png_read_info().
1198
1199 png_read_info(png_ptr, info_ptr);
1200
1201This will process all chunks up to but not including the image data.
1202
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -05001203This also copies some of the data from the PNG file into the decode structure
1204for use in later transformations. Important information copied in is:
1205
12061) The PNG file gamma from the gAMA chunk. This overwrites the default value
1207provided by an earlier call to png_set_gamma or png_set_alpha_mode.
1208
Glenn Randers-Pehrson733b1312011-06-15 13:21:01 -050012092) Prior to libpng-1.5.4 the background color from a bKGd chunk. This
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -05001210damages the information provided by an earlier call to png_set_background
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonab389792011-07-09 19:35:22 -05001211resulting in unexpected behavior. Libpng-1.5.4 no longer does this.
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -05001212
12133) The number of significant bits in each component value. Libpng uses this to
1214optimize gamma handling by reducing the internal lookup table sizes.
1215
12164) The transparent color information from a tRNS chunk. This can be modified by
1217a later call to png_set_tRNS.
1218
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001219Querying the info structure
1220
1221Functions are used to get the information from the info_ptr once it
1222has been read. Note that these fields may not be completely filled
1223in until png_read_end() has read the chunk data following the image.
1224
1225 png_get_IHDR(png_ptr, info_ptr, &width, &height,
1226 &bit_depth, &color_type, &interlace_type,
1227 &compression_type, &filter_method);
1228
1229 width - holds the width of the image
1230 in pixels (up to 2^31).
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001231
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001232 height - holds the height of the image
1233 in pixels (up to 2^31).
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001234
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001235 bit_depth - holds the bit depth of one of the
1236 image channels. (valid values are
1237 1, 2, 4, 8, 16 and depend also on
1238 the color_type. See also
1239 significant bits (sBIT) below).
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001240
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001241 color_type - describes which color/alpha channels
1242 are present.
1243 PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY
1244 (bit depths 1, 2, 4, 8, 16)
1245 PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA
1246 (bit depths 8, 16)
1247 PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE
1248 (bit depths 1, 2, 4, 8)
1249 PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB
1250 (bit_depths 8, 16)
1251 PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA
1252 (bit_depths 8, 16)
1253
1254 PNG_COLOR_MASK_PALETTE
1255 PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR
1256 PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA
1257
Glenn Randers-Pehrson2cb633b2011-01-21 08:31:29 -06001258 interlace_type - (PNG_INTERLACE_NONE or
1259 PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7)
1260
1261 compression_type - (must be PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_BASE
1262 for PNG 1.0)
1263
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001264 filter_method - (must be PNG_FILTER_TYPE_BASE
1265 for PNG 1.0, and can also be
1266 PNG_INTRAPIXEL_DIFFERENCING if
1267 the PNG datastream is embedded in
1268 a MNG-1.0 datastream)
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonb35a7452009-09-30 23:12:13 -05001269
1270 Any or all of interlace_type, compression_type, or
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001271 filter_method can be NULL if you are
1272 not interested in their values.
1273
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonb35a7452009-09-30 23:12:13 -05001274 Note that png_get_IHDR() returns 32-bit data into
1275 the application's width and height variables.
1276 This is an unsafe situation if these are 16-bit
1277 variables. In such situations, the
1278 png_get_image_width() and png_get_image_height()
1279 functions described below are safer.
1280
1281 width = png_get_image_width(png_ptr,
1282 info_ptr);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001283
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonb35a7452009-09-30 23:12:13 -05001284 height = png_get_image_height(png_ptr,
1285 info_ptr);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001286
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonb35a7452009-09-30 23:12:13 -05001287 bit_depth = png_get_bit_depth(png_ptr,
1288 info_ptr);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001289
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonb35a7452009-09-30 23:12:13 -05001290 color_type = png_get_color_type(png_ptr,
1291 info_ptr);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001292
Glenn Randers-Pehrson2cb633b2011-01-21 08:31:29 -06001293 interlace_type = png_get_interlace_type(png_ptr,
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonb35a7452009-09-30 23:12:13 -05001294 info_ptr);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001295
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonb35a7452009-09-30 23:12:13 -05001296 compression_type = png_get_compression_type(png_ptr,
1297 info_ptr);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001298
Glenn Randers-Pehrson2cb633b2011-01-21 08:31:29 -06001299 filter_method = png_get_filter_type(png_ptr,
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonb35a7452009-09-30 23:12:13 -05001300 info_ptr);
1301
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001302 channels = png_get_channels(png_ptr, info_ptr);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001303
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001304 channels - number of channels of info for the
1305 color type (valid values are 1 (GRAY,
1306 PALETTE), 2 (GRAY_ALPHA), 3 (RGB),
1307 4 (RGB_ALPHA or RGB + filler byte))
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001308
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001309 rowbytes = png_get_rowbytes(png_ptr, info_ptr);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001310
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001311 rowbytes - number of bytes needed to hold a row
1312
1313 signature = png_get_signature(png_ptr, info_ptr);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001314
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001315 signature - holds the signature read from the
1316 file (if any). The data is kept in
1317 the same offset it would be if the
1318 whole signature were read (i.e. if an
1319 application had already read in 4
1320 bytes of signature before starting
1321 libpng, the remaining 4 bytes would
1322 be in signature[4] through signature[7]
1323 (see png_set_sig_bytes())).
1324
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001325These are also important, but their validity depends on whether the chunk
1326has been read. The png_get_valid(png_ptr, info_ptr, PNG_INFO_<chunk>) and
1327png_get_<chunk>(png_ptr, info_ptr, ...) functions return non-zero if the
1328data has been read, or zero if it is missing. The parameters to the
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonf210a052009-11-12 10:02:24 -06001329png_get_<chunk> are set directly if they are simple data types, or a
1330pointer into the info_ptr is returned for any complex types.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001331
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06001332The colorspace data from gAMA, cHRM, sRGB, iCCP, and sBIT chunks
1333is simply returned to give the application information about how the
1334image was encoded. Libpng itself only does transformations using the file
1335gamma when combining semitransparent pixels with the background color, and,
1336since libpng-1.6.0, when converting between 8-bit sRGB and 16-bit linear pixels
1337within the simplified API. Libpng also uses the file gamma when converting
1338RGB to gray, beginning with libpng-1.0.5, if the application calls
1339png_set_rgb_to_gray()).
1340
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001341 png_get_PLTE(png_ptr, info_ptr, &palette,
1342 &num_palette);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001343
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001344 palette - the palette for the file
1345 (array of png_color)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001346
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001347 num_palette - number of entries in the palette
1348
Glenn Randers-Pehrson8d0bc0f2011-01-25 22:15:58 -06001349 png_get_gAMA(png_ptr, info_ptr, &file_gamma);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson27742382011-01-27 09:37:34 -06001350 png_get_gAMA_fixed(png_ptr, info_ptr, &int_file_gamma);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001351
Glenn Randers-Pehrson8d0bc0f2011-01-25 22:15:58 -06001352 file_gamma - the gamma at which the file is
1353 written (PNG_INFO_gAMA)
1354
1355 int_file_gamma - 100,000 times the gamma at which the
1356 file is written
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001357
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06001358 png_get_cHRM(png_ptr, info_ptr, &white_x, &white_y, &red_x,
1359 &red_y, &green_x, &green_y, &blue_x, &blue_y)
1360 png_get_cHRM_XYZ(png_ptr, info_ptr, &red_X, &red_Y, &red_Z,
1361 &green_X, &green_Y, &green_Z, &blue_X, &blue_Y,
1362 &blue_Z)
1363 png_get_cHRM_fixed(png_ptr, info_ptr, &int_white_x,
1364 &int_white_y, &int_red_x, &int_red_y,
1365 &int_green_x, &int_green_y, &int_blue_x,
1366 &int_blue_y)
John Bowlerbbd17bd2011-08-25 17:48:18 -05001367 png_get_cHRM_XYZ_fixed(png_ptr, info_ptr, &int_red_X, &int_red_Y,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06001368 &int_red_Z, &int_green_X, &int_green_Y,
1369 &int_green_Z, &int_blue_X, &int_blue_Y,
1370 &int_blue_Z)
John Bowlerbbd17bd2011-08-25 17:48:18 -05001371
1372 {white,red,green,blue}_{x,y}
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06001373 A color space encoding specified using the
1374 chromaticities of the end points and the
1375 white point. (PNG_INFO_cHRM)
John Bowlerbbd17bd2011-08-25 17:48:18 -05001376
1377 {red,green,blue}_{X,Y,Z}
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06001378 A color space encoding specified using the
1379 encoding end points - the CIE tristimulus
1380 specification of the intended color of the red,
1381 green and blue channels in the PNG RGB data.
1382 The white point is simply the sum of the three
1383 end points. (PNG_INFO_cHRM)
John Bowlerbbd17bd2011-08-25 17:48:18 -05001384
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001385 png_get_sRGB(png_ptr, info_ptr, &srgb_intent);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001386
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7017c402014-03-16 20:29:11 -05001387 srgb_intent - the rendering intent (PNG_INFO_sRGB)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001388 The presence of the sRGB chunk
1389 means that the pixel data is in the
1390 sRGB color space. This chunk also
1391 implies specific values of gAMA and
1392 cHRM.
1393
1394 png_get_iCCP(png_ptr, info_ptr, &name,
1395 &compression_type, &profile, &proflen);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001396
Glenn Randers-Pehrson4a5a1ec2011-01-15 11:43:28 -06001397 name - The profile name.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001398
Glenn Randers-Pehrson4a5a1ec2011-01-15 11:43:28 -06001399 compression_type - The compression type; always
1400 PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_BASE for PNG 1.0.
1401 You may give NULL to this argument to
1402 ignore it.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001403
Glenn Randers-Pehrson4a5a1ec2011-01-15 11:43:28 -06001404 profile - International Color Consortium color
1405 profile data. May contain NULs.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001406
Glenn Randers-Pehrson4a5a1ec2011-01-15 11:43:28 -06001407 proflen - length of profile data in bytes.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001408
1409 png_get_sBIT(png_ptr, info_ptr, &sig_bit);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001410
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001411 sig_bit - the number of significant bits for
1412 (PNG_INFO_sBIT) each of the gray,
1413 red, green, and blue channels,
1414 whichever are appropriate for the
1415 given color type (png_color_16)
1416
Glenn Randers-Pehrson866b62a2009-08-08 16:33:14 -05001417 png_get_tRNS(png_ptr, info_ptr, &trans_alpha,
1418 &num_trans, &trans_color);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001419
Glenn Randers-Pehrson866b62a2009-08-08 16:33:14 -05001420 trans_alpha - array of alpha (transparency)
1421 entries for palette (PNG_INFO_tRNS)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001422
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonf3c51e42011-01-15 10:25:25 -06001423 num_trans - number of transparent entries
1424 (PNG_INFO_tRNS)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001425
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001426 trans_color - graylevel or color sample values of
1427 the single transparent color for
1428 non-paletted images (PNG_INFO_tRNS)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001429
1430 png_get_hIST(png_ptr, info_ptr, &hist);
1431 (PNG_INFO_hIST)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001432
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001433 hist - histogram of palette (array of
1434 png_uint_16)
1435
1436 png_get_tIME(png_ptr, info_ptr, &mod_time);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001437
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001438 mod_time - time image was last modified
1439 (PNG_VALID_tIME)
1440
1441 png_get_bKGD(png_ptr, info_ptr, &background);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001442
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonab389792011-07-09 19:35:22 -05001443 background - background color (of type
1444 png_color_16p) (PNG_VALID_bKGD)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001445 valid 16-bit red, green and blue
1446 values, regardless of color_type
1447
1448 num_comments = png_get_text(png_ptr, info_ptr,
1449 &text_ptr, &num_text);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001450
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001451 num_comments - number of comments
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001452
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001453 text_ptr - array of png_text holding image
1454 comments
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001455
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001456 text_ptr[i].compression - type of compression used
1457 on "text" PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE
1458 PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt
1459 PNG_ITXT_COMPRESSION_NONE
1460 PNG_ITXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001461
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001462 text_ptr[i].key - keyword for comment. Must contain
1463 1-79 characters.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001464
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001465 text_ptr[i].text - text comments for current
1466 keyword. Can be empty.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001467
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001468 text_ptr[i].text_length - length of text string,
1469 after decompression, 0 for iTXt
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001470
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001471 text_ptr[i].itxt_length - length of itxt string,
1472 after decompression, 0 for tEXt/zTXt
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001473
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001474 text_ptr[i].lang - language of comment (empty
1475 string for unknown).
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001476
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001477 text_ptr[i].lang_key - keyword in UTF-8
1478 (empty string for unknown).
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001479
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonef29a5e2009-10-31 19:37:05 -05001480 Note that the itxt_length, lang, and lang_key
Glenn Randers-Pehrson680da022011-11-21 17:05:41 -06001481 members of the text_ptr structure only exist when the
1482 library is built with iTXt chunk support. Prior to
1483 libpng-1.4.0 the library was built by default without
1484 iTXt support. Also note that when iTXt is supported,
1485 they contain NULL pointers when the "compression"
1486 field contains PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE or
1487 PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt.
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonef29a5e2009-10-31 19:37:05 -05001488
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001489 num_text - number of comments (same as
1490 num_comments; you can put NULL here
1491 to avoid the duplication)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001492
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001493 Note while png_set_text() will accept text, language,
1494 and translated keywords that can be NULL pointers, the
1495 structure returned by png_get_text will always contain
1496 regular zero-terminated C strings. They might be
1497 empty strings but they will never be NULL pointers.
1498
1499 num_spalettes = png_get_sPLT(png_ptr, info_ptr,
1500 &palette_ptr);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001501
1502 num_spalettes - number of sPLT chunks read.
1503
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001504 palette_ptr - array of palette structures holding
1505 contents of one or more sPLT chunks
1506 read.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001507
1508 png_get_oFFs(png_ptr, info_ptr, &offset_x, &offset_y,
1509 &unit_type);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001510
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001511 offset_x - positive offset from the left edge
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7a287242011-07-26 12:03:11 -05001512 of the screen (can be negative)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001513
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001514 offset_y - positive offset from the top edge
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7a287242011-07-26 12:03:11 -05001515 of the screen (can be negative)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001516
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001517 unit_type - PNG_OFFSET_PIXEL, PNG_OFFSET_MICROMETER
1518
1519 png_get_pHYs(png_ptr, info_ptr, &res_x, &res_y,
1520 &unit_type);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001521
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001522 res_x - pixels/unit physical resolution in
1523 x direction
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001524
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001525 res_y - pixels/unit physical resolution in
1526 x direction
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001527
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001528 unit_type - PNG_RESOLUTION_UNKNOWN,
1529 PNG_RESOLUTION_METER
1530
1531 png_get_sCAL(png_ptr, info_ptr, &unit, &width,
1532 &height)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001533
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001534 unit - physical scale units (an integer)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001535
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001536 width - width of a pixel in physical scale units
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001537
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001538 height - height of a pixel in physical scale units
1539 (width and height are doubles)
1540
1541 png_get_sCAL_s(png_ptr, info_ptr, &unit, &width,
1542 &height)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001543
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001544 unit - physical scale units (an integer)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001545
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001546 width - width of a pixel in physical scale units
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7a287242011-07-26 12:03:11 -05001547 (expressed as a string)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001548
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001549 height - height of a pixel in physical scale units
1550 (width and height are strings like "2.54")
1551
1552 num_unknown_chunks = png_get_unknown_chunks(png_ptr,
1553 info_ptr, &unknowns)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001554
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001555 unknowns - array of png_unknown_chunk
1556 structures holding unknown chunks
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001557
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001558 unknowns[i].name - name of unknown chunk
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001559
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001560 unknowns[i].data - data of unknown chunk
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001561
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001562 unknowns[i].size - size of unknown chunk's data
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001563
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001564 unknowns[i].location - position of chunk in file
1565
1566 The value of "i" corresponds to the order in which the
1567 chunks were read from the PNG file or inserted with the
1568 png_set_unknown_chunks() function.
1569
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7a287242011-07-26 12:03:11 -05001570 The value of "location" is a bitwise "or" of
1571
1572 PNG_HAVE_IHDR (0x01)
1573 PNG_HAVE_PLTE (0x02)
1574 PNG_AFTER_IDAT (0x08)
1575
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001576The data from the pHYs chunk can be retrieved in several convenient
1577forms:
1578
1579 res_x = png_get_x_pixels_per_meter(png_ptr,
1580 info_ptr)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001581
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001582 res_y = png_get_y_pixels_per_meter(png_ptr,
1583 info_ptr)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001584
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001585 res_x_and_y = png_get_pixels_per_meter(png_ptr,
1586 info_ptr)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001587
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001588 res_x = png_get_x_pixels_per_inch(png_ptr,
1589 info_ptr)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001590
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001591 res_y = png_get_y_pixels_per_inch(png_ptr,
1592 info_ptr)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001593
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001594 res_x_and_y = png_get_pixels_per_inch(png_ptr,
1595 info_ptr)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001596
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001597 aspect_ratio = png_get_pixel_aspect_ratio(png_ptr,
1598 info_ptr)
1599
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001600 Each of these returns 0 [signifying "unknown"] if
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001601 the data is not present or if res_x is 0;
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001602 res_x_and_y is 0 if res_x != res_y
1603
1604 Note that because of the way the resolutions are
1605 stored internally, the inch conversions won't
1606 come out to exactly even number. For example,
1607 72 dpi is stored as 0.28346 pixels/meter, and
1608 when this is retrieved it is 71.9988 dpi, so
1609 be sure to round the returned value appropriately
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonc36bb792011-02-12 09:49:07 -06001610 if you want to display a reasonable-looking result.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001611
1612The data from the oFFs chunk can be retrieved in several convenient
1613forms:
1614
1615 x_offset = png_get_x_offset_microns(png_ptr, info_ptr);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001616
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001617 y_offset = png_get_y_offset_microns(png_ptr, info_ptr);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001618
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001619 x_offset = png_get_x_offset_inches(png_ptr, info_ptr);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001620
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001621 y_offset = png_get_y_offset_inches(png_ptr, info_ptr);
1622
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001623 Each of these returns 0 [signifying "unknown" if both
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001624 x and y are 0] if the data is not present or if the
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001625 chunk is present but the unit is the pixel. The
1626 remark about inexact inch conversions applies here
1627 as well, because a value in inches can't always be
1628 converted to microns and back without some loss
1629 of precision.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001630
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -05001631For more information, see the
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001632PNG specification for chunk contents. Be careful with trusting
1633rowbytes, as some of the transformations could increase the space
1634needed to hold a row (expand, filler, gray_to_rgb, etc.).
1635See png_read_update_info(), below.
1636
1637A quick word about text_ptr and num_text. PNG stores comments in
1638keyword/text pairs, one pair per chunk, with no limit on the number
1639of text chunks, and a 2^31 byte limit on their size. While there are
1640suggested keywords, there is no requirement to restrict the use to these
1641strings. It is strongly suggested that keywords and text be sensible
1642to humans (that's the point), so don't use abbreviations. Non-printing
1643symbols are not allowed. See the PNG specification for more details.
1644There is also no requirement to have text after the keyword.
1645
1646Keywords should be limited to 79 Latin-1 characters without leading or
1647trailing spaces, but non-consecutive spaces are allowed within the
1648keyword. It is possible to have the same keyword any number of times.
1649The text_ptr is an array of png_text structures, each holding a
1650pointer to a language string, a pointer to a keyword and a pointer to
1651a text string. The text string, language code, and translated
1652keyword may be empty or NULL pointers. The keyword/text
1653pairs are put into the array in the order that they are received.
1654However, some or all of the text chunks may be after the image, so, to
1655make sure you have read all the text chunks, don't mess with these
1656until after you read the stuff after the image. This will be
1657mentioned again below in the discussion that goes with png_read_end().
1658
1659Input transformations
1660
1661After you've read the header information, you can set up the library
1662to handle any special transformations of the image data. The various
1663ways to transform the data will be described in the order that they
1664should occur. This is important, as some of these change the color
1665type and/or bit depth of the data, and some others only work on
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -05001666certain color types and bit depths.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001667
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -05001668Transformations you request are ignored if they don't have any meaning for a
1669particular input data format. However some transformations can have an effect
1670as a result of a previous transformation. If you specify a contradictory set of
1671transformations, for example both adding and removing the alpha channel, you
1672cannot predict the final result.
1673
1674The color used for the transparency values should be supplied in the same
1675format/depth as the current image data. It is stored in the same format/depth
1676as the image data in a tRNS chunk, so this is what libpng expects for this data.
1677
1678The color used for the background value depends on the need_expand argument as
1679described below.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001680
1681Data will be decoded into the supplied row buffers packed into bytes
1682unless the library has been told to transform it into another format.
1683For example, 4 bit/pixel paletted or grayscale data will be returned
16842 pixels/byte with the leftmost pixel in the high-order bits of the
1685byte, unless png_set_packing() is called. 8-bit RGB data will be stored
1686in RGB RGB RGB format unless png_set_filler() or png_set_add_alpha()
1687is called to insert filler bytes, either before or after each RGB triplet.
168816-bit RGB data will be returned RRGGBB RRGGBB, with the most significant
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonfb29e512011-06-17 20:38:24 -05001689byte of the color value first, unless png_set_scale_16() is called to
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001690transform it to regular RGB RGB triplets, or png_set_filler() or
1691png_set_add alpha() is called to insert filler bytes, either before or
1692after each RRGGBB triplet. Similarly, 8-bit or 16-bit grayscale data can
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonfb29e512011-06-17 20:38:24 -05001693be modified with png_set_filler(), png_set_add_alpha(), png_set_strip_16(),
1694or png_set_scale_16().
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001695
1696The following code transforms grayscale images of less than 8 to 8 bits,
1697changes paletted images to RGB, and adds a full alpha channel if there is
1698transparency information in a tRNS chunk. This is most useful on
1699grayscale images with bit depths of 2 or 4 or if there is a multiple-image
1700viewing application that wishes to treat all images in the same way.
1701
1702 if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE)
1703 png_set_palette_to_rgb(png_ptr);
1704
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001705 if (png_get_valid(png_ptr, info_ptr,
1706 PNG_INFO_tRNS)) png_set_tRNS_to_alpha(png_ptr);
1707
John Bowler63d059a2011-02-12 09:03:44 -06001708 if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY &&
1709 bit_depth < 8) png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8(png_ptr);
1710
1711The first two functions are actually aliases for png_set_expand(), added
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001712in libpng version 1.0.4, with the function names expanded to improve code
1713readability. In some future version they may actually do different
1714things.
1715
1716As of libpng version 1.2.9, png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8() was
1717added. It expands the sample depth without changing tRNS to alpha.
1718
John Bowler63d059a2011-02-12 09:03:44 -06001719As of libpng version 1.5.2, png_set_expand_16() was added. It behaves as
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7a287242011-07-26 12:03:11 -05001720png_set_expand(); however, the resultant channels have 16 bits rather than 8.
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonc36bb792011-02-12 09:49:07 -06001721Use this when the output color or gray channels are made linear to avoid fairly
John Bowler63d059a2011-02-12 09:03:44 -06001722severe accuracy loss.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001723
John Bowler63d059a2011-02-12 09:03:44 -06001724 if (bit_depth < 16)
1725 png_set_expand_16(png_ptr);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001726
1727PNG can have files with 16 bits per channel. If you only can handle
Glenn Randers-Pehrson593fc042011-05-12 22:18:23 -050017288 bits per channel, this will strip the pixels down to 8-bit.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001729
1730 if (bit_depth == 16)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7a287242011-07-26 12:03:11 -05001731#if PNG_LIBPNG_VER >= 10504
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonfb29e512011-06-17 20:38:24 -05001732 png_set_scale_16(png_ptr);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7a287242011-07-26 12:03:11 -05001733#else
1734 png_set_strip_16(png_ptr);
1735#endif
1736
1737(The more accurate "png_set_scale_16()" API became available in libpng version
17381.5.4).
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001739
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -05001740If you need to process the alpha channel on the image separately from the image
1741data (for example if you convert it to a bitmap mask) it is possible to have
1742libpng strip the channel leaving just RGB or gray data:
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001743
1744 if (color_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001745 png_set_strip_alpha(png_ptr);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001746
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -05001747If you strip the alpha channel you need to find some other way of dealing with
1748the information. If, instead, you want to convert the image to an opaque
1749version with no alpha channel use png_set_background; see below.
John Bowler63d059a2011-02-12 09:03:44 -06001750
1751As of libpng version 1.5.2, almost all useful expansions are supported, the
Glenn Randers-Pehrsoncd116fa2011-05-17 06:56:50 -05001752major ommissions are conversion of grayscale to indexed images (which can be
1753done trivially in the application) and conversion of indexed to grayscale (which
John Bowler63d059a2011-02-12 09:03:44 -06001754can be done by a trivial manipulation of the palette.)
1755
1756In the following table, the 01 means grayscale with depth<8, 31 means
1757indexed with depth<8, other numerals represent the color type, "T" means
1758the tRNS chunk is present, A means an alpha channel is present, and O
1759means tRNS or alpha is present but all pixels in the image are opaque.
1760
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonc36bb792011-02-12 09:49:07 -06001761 FROM 01 31 0 0T 0O 2 2T 2O 3 3T 3O 4A 4O 6A 6O
John Bowler63d059a2011-02-12 09:03:44 -06001762 TO
1763 01 - [G] - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1764 31 [Q] Q [Q] [Q] [Q] Q Q Q Q Q Q [Q] [Q] Q Q
1765 0 1 G + . . G G G G G G B B GB GB
1766 0T lt Gt t + . Gt G G Gt G G Bt Bt GBt GBt
1767 0O lt Gt t . + Gt Gt G Gt Gt G Bt Bt GBt GBt
1768 2 C P C C C + . . C - - CB CB B B
1769 2T Ct - Ct C C t + t - - - CBt CBt Bt Bt
1770 2O Ct - Ct C C t t + - - - CBt CBt Bt Bt
1771 3 [Q] p [Q] [Q] [Q] Q Q Q + . . [Q] [Q] Q Q
1772 3T [Qt] p [Qt][Q] [Q] Qt Qt Qt t + t [Qt][Qt] Qt Qt
1773 3O [Qt] p [Qt][Q] [Q] Qt Qt Qt t t + [Qt][Qt] Qt Qt
1774 4A lA G A T T GA GT GT GA GT GT + BA G GBA
1775 4O lA GBA A T T GA GT GT GA GT GT BA + GBA G
1776 6A CA PA CA C C A T tT PA P P C CBA + BA
1777 6O CA PBA CA C C A tT T PA P P CBA C BA +
1778
1779Within the matrix,
1780 "+" identifies entries where 'from' and 'to' are the same.
1781 "-" means the transformation is not supported.
1782 "." means nothing is necessary (a tRNS chunk can just be ignored).
1783 "t" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_tRNS.
1784 "A" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_add_alpha().
1785 "X" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_expand().
1786 "1" means the transformation is obtained by
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06001787 png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8() (and by png_set_expand()
1788 if there is no transparency in the original or the final
1789 format).
John Bowler63d059a2011-02-12 09:03:44 -06001790 "C" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_gray_to_rgb().
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonc36074e2011-05-16 09:08:51 -05001791 "G" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_rgb_to_gray().
John Bowler63d059a2011-02-12 09:03:44 -06001792 "P" means the transformation is obtained by
1793 png_set_expand_palette_to_rgb().
1794 "p" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_packing().
1795 "Q" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_quantize().
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06001796 "T" means the transformation is obtained by
1797 png_set_tRNS_to_alpha().
1798 "B" means the transformation is obtained by
1799 png_set_background(), or png_strip_alpha().
John Bowler63d059a2011-02-12 09:03:44 -06001800
1801When an entry has multiple transforms listed all are required to cause the
1802right overall transformation. When two transforms are separated by a comma
1803either will do the job. When transforms are enclosed in [] the transform should
1804do the job but this is currently unimplemented - a different format will result
1805if the suggested transformations are used.
1806
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001807In PNG files, the alpha channel in an image
1808is the level of opacity. If you need the alpha channel in an image to
1809be the level of transparency instead of opacity, you can invert the
1810alpha channel (or the tRNS chunk data) after it's read, so that 0 is
1811fully opaque and 255 (in 8-bit or paletted images) or 65535 (in 16-bit
1812images) is fully transparent, with
1813
1814 png_set_invert_alpha(png_ptr);
1815
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001816PNG files pack pixels of bit depths 1, 2, and 4 into bytes as small as
1817they can, resulting in, for example, 8 pixels per byte for 1 bit
1818files. This code expands to 1 pixel per byte without changing the
1819values of the pixels:
1820
1821 if (bit_depth < 8)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001822 png_set_packing(png_ptr);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001823
1824PNG files have possible bit depths of 1, 2, 4, 8, and 16. All pixels
1825stored in a PNG image have been "scaled" or "shifted" up to the next
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonf210a052009-11-12 10:02:24 -06001826higher possible bit depth (e.g. from 5 bits/sample in the range [0,31]
1827to 8 bits/sample in the range [0, 255]). However, it is also possible
1828to convert the PNG pixel data back to the original bit depth of the
1829image. This call reduces the pixels back down to the original bit depth:
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001830
1831 png_color_8p sig_bit;
1832
1833 if (png_get_sBIT(png_ptr, info_ptr, &sig_bit))
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001834 png_set_shift(png_ptr, sig_bit);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001835
1836PNG files store 3-color pixels in red, green, blue order. This code
1837changes the storage of the pixels to blue, green, red:
1838
1839 if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB ||
1840 color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001841 png_set_bgr(png_ptr);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001842
1843PNG files store RGB pixels packed into 3 or 6 bytes. This code expands them
1844into 4 or 8 bytes for windowing systems that need them in this format:
1845
1846 if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001847 png_set_filler(png_ptr, filler, PNG_FILLER_BEFORE);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001848
1849where "filler" is the 8 or 16-bit number to fill with, and the location is
1850either PNG_FILLER_BEFORE or PNG_FILLER_AFTER, depending upon whether
1851you want the filler before the RGB or after. This transformation
1852does not affect images that already have full alpha channels. To add an
1853opaque alpha channel, use filler=0xff or 0xffff and PNG_FILLER_AFTER which
1854will generate RGBA pixels.
1855
1856Note that png_set_filler() does not change the color type. If you want
1857to do that, you can add a true alpha channel with
1858
1859 if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB ||
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001860 color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY)
1861 png_set_add_alpha(png_ptr, filler, PNG_FILLER_AFTER);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001862
1863where "filler" contains the alpha value to assign to each pixel.
1864This function was added in libpng-1.2.7.
1865
1866If you are reading an image with an alpha channel, and you need the
1867data as ARGB instead of the normal PNG format RGBA:
1868
1869 if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001870 png_set_swap_alpha(png_ptr);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001871
1872For some uses, you may want a grayscale image to be represented as
1873RGB. This code will do that conversion:
1874
1875 if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY ||
1876 color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001877 png_set_gray_to_rgb(png_ptr);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001878
1879Conversely, you can convert an RGB or RGBA image to grayscale or grayscale
1880with alpha.
1881
1882 if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB ||
1883 color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06001884 png_set_rgb_to_gray(png_ptr, error_action,
1885 double red_weight, double green_weight);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001886
1887 error_action = 1: silently do the conversion
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001888
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001889 error_action = 2: issue a warning if the original
1890 image has any pixel where
1891 red != green or red != blue
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001892
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001893 error_action = 3: issue an error and abort the
1894 conversion if the original
1895 image has any pixel where
1896 red != green or red != blue
1897
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -05001898 red_weight: weight of red component
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001899
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -05001900 green_weight: weight of green component
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001901 If either weight is negative, default
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -05001902 weights are used.
1903
1904In the corresponding fixed point API the red_weight and green_weight values are
1905simply scaled by 100,000:
1906
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06001907 png_set_rgb_to_gray(png_ptr, error_action,
1908 png_fixed_point red_weight,
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -05001909 png_fixed_point green_weight);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001910
1911If you have set error_action = 1 or 2, you can
1912later check whether the image really was gray, after processing
1913the image rows, with the png_get_rgb_to_gray_status(png_ptr) function.
1914It will return a png_byte that is zero if the image was gray or
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -050019151 if there were any non-gray pixels. Background and sBIT data
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001916will be silently converted to grayscale, using the green channel
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -05001917data for sBIT, regardless of the error_action setting.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001918
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7a287242011-07-26 12:03:11 -05001919The default values come from the PNG file cHRM chunk if present; otherwise, the
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -05001920defaults correspond to the ITU-R recommendation 709, and also the sRGB color
1921space, as recommended in the Charles Poynton's Colour FAQ,
1922<http://www.poynton.com/>, in section 9:
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001923
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -05001924 <http://www.poynton.com/notes/colour_and_gamma/ColorFAQ.html#RTFToC9>
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001925
Glenn Randers-Pehrson6c988972011-07-29 12:31:16 -05001926 Y = 0.2126 * R + 0.7152 * G + 0.0722 * B
1927
1928Previous versions of this document, 1998 through 2002, recommended a slightly
1929different formula:
1930
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001931 Y = 0.212671 * R + 0.715160 * G + 0.072169 * B
1932
Glenn Randers-Pehrson6c988972011-07-29 12:31:16 -05001933Libpng uses an integer approximation:
1934
1935 Y = (6968 * R + 23434 * G + 2366 * B)/32768
1936
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001937The calculation is done in a linear colorspace, if the image gamma
John Bowlerf21a0d02011-01-23 23:55:19 -06001938can be determined.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001939
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7a287242011-07-26 12:03:11 -05001940The png_set_background() function has been described already; it tells libpng to
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -05001941composite images with alpha or simple transparency against the supplied
1942background color. For compatibility with versions of libpng earlier than
Glenn Randers-Pehrson733b1312011-06-15 13:21:01 -05001943libpng-1.5.4 it is recommended that you call the function after reading the file
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -05001944header, even if you don't want to use the color in a bKGD chunk, if one exists.
1945
1946If the PNG file contains a bKGD chunk (PNG_INFO_bKGD valid),
1947you may use this color, or supply another color more suitable for
1948the current display (e.g., the background color from a web page). You
1949need to tell libpng how the color is represented, both the format of the
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonab389792011-07-09 19:35:22 -05001950component values in the color (the number of bits) and the gamma encoding of the
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -05001951color. The function takes two arguments, background_gamma_mode and need_expand
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06001952to convey this information; however, only two combinations are likely to be
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonab389792011-07-09 19:35:22 -05001953useful:
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001954
Glenn Randers-Pehrsoncb47e202011-07-10 06:55:14 -05001955 png_color_16 my_background;
1956 png_color_16p image_background;
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001957
1958 if (png_get_bKGD(png_ptr, info_ptr, &image_background))
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001959 png_set_background(png_ptr, image_background,
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -05001960 PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_FILE, 1/*needs to be expanded*/, 1);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001961 else
Glenn Randers-Pehrsoncb47e202011-07-10 06:55:14 -05001962 png_set_background(png_ptr, &my_background,
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -05001963 PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_SCREEN, 0/*do not expand*/, 1);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001964
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -05001965The second call was described above - my_background is in the format of the
1966final, display, output produced by libpng. Because you now know the format of
Glenn Randers-Pehrson593fc042011-05-12 22:18:23 -05001967the PNG it is possible to avoid the need to choose either 8-bit or 16-bit
1968output and to retain palette images (the palette colors will be modified
1969appropriately and the tRNS chunk removed.) However, if you are doing this,
1970take great care not to ask for transformations without checking first that
1971they apply!
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001972
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -05001973In the first call the background color has the original bit depth and color type
1974of the PNG file. So, for palette images the color is supplied as a palette
1975index and for low bit greyscale images the color is a reduced bit value in
1976image_background->gray.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001977
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -05001978If you didn't call png_set_gamma() before reading the file header, for example
1979if you need your code to remain compatible with older versions of libpng prior
Glenn Randers-Pehrson733b1312011-06-15 13:21:01 -05001980to libpng-1.5.4, this is the place to call it.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001981
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -05001982Do not call it if you called png_set_alpha_mode(); doing so will damage the
1983settings put in place by png_set_alpha_mode(). (If png_set_alpha_mode() is
1984supported then you can certainly do png_set_gamma() before reading the PNG
1985header.)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001986
John Bowlerd273ad22011-05-07 21:00:28 -05001987This API unconditionally sets the screen and file gamma values, so it will
1988override the value in the PNG file unless it is called before the PNG file
1989reading starts. For this reason you must always call it with the PNG file
1990value when you call it in this position:
1991
Glenn Randers-Pehrson8d0bc0f2011-01-25 22:15:58 -06001992 if (png_get_gAMA(png_ptr, info_ptr, &file_gamma))
1993 png_set_gamma(png_ptr, screen_gamma, file_gamma);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001994
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001995 else
1996 png_set_gamma(png_ptr, screen_gamma, 0.45455);
1997
Glenn Randers-Pehrson3cd7cff2010-04-16 19:27:08 -05001998If you need to reduce an RGB file to a paletted file, or if a paletted
1999file has more entries then will fit on your screen, png_set_quantize()
Glenn Randers-Pehrson862cb202010-04-16 22:12:51 -05002000will do that. Note that this is a simple match quantization that merely
Glenn Randers-Pehrson3cd7cff2010-04-16 19:27:08 -05002001finds the closest color available. This should work fairly well with
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002002optimized palettes, but fairly badly with linear color cubes. If you
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7a287242011-07-26 12:03:11 -05002003pass a palette that is larger than maximum_colors, the file will
Glenn Randers-Pehrson3cd7cff2010-04-16 19:27:08 -05002004reduce the number of colors in the palette so it will fit into
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7a287242011-07-26 12:03:11 -05002005maximum_colors. If there is a histogram, libpng will use it to make
Glenn Randers-Pehrson3cd7cff2010-04-16 19:27:08 -05002006more intelligent choices when reducing the palette. If there is no
2007histogram, it may not do as good a job.
2008
2009 if (color_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR)
2010 {
2011 if (png_get_valid(png_ptr, info_ptr,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002012 PNG_INFO_PLTE))
Glenn Randers-Pehrson3cd7cff2010-04-16 19:27:08 -05002013 {
2014 png_uint_16p histogram = NULL;
2015
2016 png_get_hIST(png_ptr, info_ptr,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002017 &histogram);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson3cd7cff2010-04-16 19:27:08 -05002018 png_set_quantize(png_ptr, palette, num_palette,
2019 max_screen_colors, histogram, 1);
2020 }
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002021
Glenn Randers-Pehrson3cd7cff2010-04-16 19:27:08 -05002022 else
2023 {
2024 png_color std_color_cube[MAX_SCREEN_COLORS] =
2025 { ... colors ... };
2026
2027 png_set_quantize(png_ptr, std_color_cube,
2028 MAX_SCREEN_COLORS, MAX_SCREEN_COLORS,
2029 NULL,0);
2030 }
2031 }
2032
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002033PNG files describe monochrome as black being zero and white being one.
2034The following code will reverse this (make black be one and white be
2035zero):
2036
2037 if (bit_depth == 1 && color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY)
2038 png_set_invert_mono(png_ptr);
2039
2040This function can also be used to invert grayscale and gray-alpha images:
2041
2042 if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY ||
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002043 color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002044 png_set_invert_mono(png_ptr);
2045
Glenn Randers-Pehrson593fc042011-05-12 22:18:23 -05002046PNG files store 16-bit pixels in network byte order (big-endian,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002047ie. most significant bits first). This code changes the storage to the
2048other way (little-endian, i.e. least significant bits first, the
2049way PCs store them):
2050
2051 if (bit_depth == 16)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002052 png_set_swap(png_ptr);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002053
2054If you are using packed-pixel images (1, 2, or 4 bits/pixel), and you
2055need to change the order the pixels are packed into bytes, you can use:
2056
2057 if (bit_depth < 8)
2058 png_set_packswap(png_ptr);
2059
2060Finally, you can write your own transformation function if none of
2061the existing ones meets your needs. This is done by setting a callback
2062with
2063
2064 png_set_read_user_transform_fn(png_ptr,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002065 read_transform_fn);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002066
2067You must supply the function
2068
Glenn Randers-Pehrson93215672011-02-13 19:42:19 -06002069 void read_transform_fn(png_structp png_ptr, png_row_infop
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002070 row_info, png_bytep data)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002071
2072See pngtest.c for a working example. Your function will be called
John Bowler0a5c9c02011-01-22 17:36:34 -06002073after all of the other transformations have been processed. Take care with
2074interlaced images if you do the interlace yourself - the width of the row is the
2075width in 'row_info', not the overall image width.
2076
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7a287242011-07-26 12:03:11 -05002077If supported, libpng provides two information routines that you can use to find
John Bowler0a5c9c02011-01-22 17:36:34 -06002078where you are in processing the image:
2079
2080 png_get_current_pass_number(png_structp png_ptr);
2081 png_get_current_row_number(png_structp png_ptr);
2082
2083Don't try using these outside a transform callback - firstly they are only
2084supported if user transforms are supported, secondly they may well return
2085unexpected results unless the row is actually being processed at the moment they
2086are called.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002087
John Bowlercd113452011-02-16 06:15:13 -06002088With interlaced
2089images the value returned is the row in the input sub-image image. Use
2090PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW(row, pass) and PNG_COL_FROM_PASS_COL(col, pass) to
2091find the output pixel (x,y) given an interlaced sub-image pixel (row,col,pass).
2092
2093The discussion of interlace handling above contains more information on how to
2094use these values.
2095
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002096You can also set up a pointer to a user structure for use by your
2097callback function, and you can inform libpng that your transform
2098function will change the number of channels or bit depth with the
2099function
2100
2101 png_set_user_transform_info(png_ptr, user_ptr,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002102 user_depth, user_channels);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002103
2104The user's application, not libpng, is responsible for allocating and
2105freeing any memory required for the user structure.
2106
2107You can retrieve the pointer via the function
2108png_get_user_transform_ptr(). For example:
2109
2110 voidp read_user_transform_ptr =
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002111 png_get_user_transform_ptr(png_ptr);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002112
2113The last thing to handle is interlacing; this is covered in detail below,
2114but you must call the function here if you want libpng to handle expansion
2115of the interlaced image.
2116
2117 number_of_passes = png_set_interlace_handling(png_ptr);
2118
2119After setting the transformations, libpng can update your png_info
2120structure to reflect any transformations you've requested with this
Glenn Randers-Pehrson968c2312011-09-26 16:35:22 -05002121call.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002122
2123 png_read_update_info(png_ptr, info_ptr);
2124
Glenn Randers-Pehrson968c2312011-09-26 16:35:22 -05002125This is most useful to update the info structure's rowbytes
2126field so you can use it to allocate your image memory. This function
2127will also update your palette with the correct screen_gamma and
2128background if these have been given with the calls above. You may
2129only call png_read_update_info() once with a particular info_ptr.
2130
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002131After you call png_read_update_info(), you can allocate any
2132memory you need to hold the image. The row data is simply
2133raw byte data for all forms of images. As the actual allocation
2134varies among applications, no example will be given. If you
2135are allocating one large chunk, you will need to build an
2136array of pointers to each row, as it will be needed for some
2137of the functions below.
2138
Glenn Randers-Pehrson968c2312011-09-26 16:35:22 -05002139Remember: Before you call png_read_update_info(), the png_get_*()
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49a56e72010-12-06 20:06:01 -06002140functions return the values corresponding to the original PNG image.
2141After you call png_read_update_info the values refer to the image
2142that libpng will output. Consequently you must call all the png_set_
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002143functions before you call png_read_update_info(). This is particularly
2144important for png_set_interlace_handling() - if you are going to call
2145png_read_update_info() you must call png_set_interlace_handling() before
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49a56e72010-12-06 20:06:01 -06002146it unless you want to receive interlaced output.
2147
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002148Reading image data
2149
2150After you've allocated memory, you can read the image data.
2151The simplest way to do this is in one function call. If you are
2152allocating enough memory to hold the whole image, you can just
2153call png_read_image() and libpng will read in all the image data
2154and put it in the memory area supplied. You will need to pass in
2155an array of pointers to each row.
2156
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49a56e72010-12-06 20:06:01 -06002157This function automatically handles interlacing, so you don't
2158need to call png_set_interlace_handling() (unless you call
2159png_read_update_info()) or call this function multiple times, or any
2160of that other stuff necessary with png_read_rows().
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002161
2162 png_read_image(png_ptr, row_pointers);
2163
2164where row_pointers is:
2165
2166 png_bytep row_pointers[height];
2167
2168You can point to void or char or whatever you use for pixels.
2169
2170If you don't want to read in the whole image at once, you can
2171use png_read_rows() instead. If there is no interlacing (check
2172interlace_type == PNG_INTERLACE_NONE), this is simple:
2173
2174 png_read_rows(png_ptr, row_pointers, NULL,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002175 number_of_rows);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002176
2177where row_pointers is the same as in the png_read_image() call.
2178
2179If you are doing this just one row at a time, you can do this with
2180a single row_pointer instead of an array of row_pointers:
2181
2182 png_bytep row_pointer = row;
2183 png_read_row(png_ptr, row_pointer, NULL);
2184
2185If the file is interlaced (interlace_type != 0 in the IHDR chunk), things
2186get somewhat harder. The only current (PNG Specification version 1.2)
John Bowler660c6e42010-12-19 06:22:23 -06002187interlacing type for PNG is (interlace_type == PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7);
2188a somewhat complicated 2D interlace scheme, known as Adam7, that
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002189breaks down an image into seven smaller images of varying size, based
John Bowler660c6e42010-12-19 06:22:23 -06002190on an 8x8 grid. This number is defined (from libpng 1.5) as
2191PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7_PASSES in png.h
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002192
2193libpng can fill out those images or it can give them to you "as is".
John Bowler660c6e42010-12-19 06:22:23 -06002194It is almost always better to have libpng handle the interlacing for you.
2195If you want the images filled out, there are two ways to do that. The one
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002196mentioned in the PNG specification is to expand each pixel to cover
2197those pixels that have not been read yet (the "rectangle" method).
2198This results in a blocky image for the first pass, which gradually
2199smooths out as more pixels are read. The other method is the "sparkle"
2200method, where pixels are drawn only in their final locations, with the
2201rest of the image remaining whatever colors they were initialized to
2202before the start of the read. The first method usually looks better,
2203but tends to be slower, as there are more pixels to put in the rows.
2204
John Bowler660c6e42010-12-19 06:22:23 -06002205If, as is likely, you want libpng to expand the images, call this before
2206calling png_start_read_image() or png_read_update_info():
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002207
2208 if (interlace_type == PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002209 number_of_passes
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002210 = png_set_interlace_handling(png_ptr);
2211
John Bowler660c6e42010-12-19 06:22:23 -06002212This will return the number of passes needed. Currently, this is seven,
2213but may change if another interlace type is added. This function can be
2214called even if the file is not interlaced, where it will return one pass.
2215You then need to read the whole image 'number_of_passes' times. Each time
2216will distribute the pixels from the current pass to the correct place in
2217the output image, so you need to supply the same rows to png_read_rows in
2218each pass.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson2be8b642010-07-29 19:09:18 -05002219
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002220If you are not going to display the image after each pass, but are
2221going to wait until the entire image is read in, use the sparkle
2222effect. This effect is faster and the end result of either method
2223is exactly the same. If you are planning on displaying the image
2224after each pass, the "rectangle" effect is generally considered the
2225better looking one.
2226
2227If you only want the "sparkle" effect, just call png_read_rows() as
2228normal, with the third parameter NULL. Make sure you make pass over
2229the image number_of_passes times, and you don't change the data in the
2230rows between calls. You can change the locations of the data, just
2231not the data. Each pass only writes the pixels appropriate for that
2232pass, and assumes the data from previous passes is still valid.
2233
2234 png_read_rows(png_ptr, row_pointers, NULL,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002235 number_of_rows);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002236
2237If you only want the first effect (the rectangles), do the same as
2238before except pass the row buffer in the third parameter, and leave
2239the second parameter NULL.
2240
2241 png_read_rows(png_ptr, NULL, row_pointers,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002242 number_of_rows);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002243
John Bowler660c6e42010-12-19 06:22:23 -06002244If you don't want libpng to handle the interlacing details, just call
2245png_read_rows() PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7_PASSES times to read in all the images.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06002246Each of the images is a valid image by itself; however, you will almost
John Bowler660c6e42010-12-19 06:22:23 -06002247certainly need to distribute the pixels from each sub-image to the
2248correct place. This is where everything gets very tricky.
2249
2250If you want to retrieve the separate images you must pass the correct
2251number of rows to each successive call of png_read_rows(). The calculation
2252gets pretty complicated for small images, where some sub-images may
2253not even exist because either their width or height ends up zero.
2254libpng provides two macros to help you in 1.5 and later versions:
2255
2256 png_uint_32 width = PNG_PASS_COLS(image_width, pass_number);
2257 png_uint_32 height = PNG_PASS_ROWS(image_height, pass_number);
2258
2259Respectively these tell you the width and height of the sub-image
2260corresponding to the numbered pass. 'pass' is in in the range 0 to 6 -
2261this can be confusing because the specification refers to the same passes
2262as 1 to 7! Be careful, you must check both the width and height before
2263calling png_read_rows() and not call it for that pass if either is zero.
2264
2265You can, of course, read each sub-image row by row. If you want to
2266produce optimal code to make a pixel-by-pixel transformation of an
2267interlaced image this is the best approach; read each row of each pass,
2268transform it, and write it out to a new interlaced image.
2269
2270If you want to de-interlace the image yourself libpng provides further
2271macros to help that tell you where to place the pixels in the output image.
2272Because the interlacing scheme is rectangular - sub-image pixels are always
2273arranged on a rectangular grid - all you need to know for each pass is the
2274starting column and row in the output image of the first pixel plus the
2275spacing between each pixel. As of libpng 1.5 there are four macros to
2276retrieve this information:
2277
2278 png_uint_32 x = PNG_PASS_START_COL(pass);
2279 png_uint_32 y = PNG_PASS_START_ROW(pass);
2280 png_uint_32 xStep = 1U << PNG_PASS_COL_SHIFT(pass);
2281 png_uint_32 yStep = 1U << PNG_PASS_ROW_SHIFT(pass);
2282
2283These allow you to write the obvious loop:
2284
2285 png_uint_32 input_y = 0;
2286 png_uint_32 output_y = PNG_PASS_START_ROW(pass);
2287
2288 while (output_y < output_image_height)
2289 {
2290 png_uint_32 input_x = 0;
2291 png_uint_32 output_x = PNG_PASS_START_COL(pass);
2292
2293 while (output_x < output_image_width)
2294 {
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002295 image[output_y][output_x] =
2296 subimage[pass][input_y][input_x++];
2297
John Bowler660c6e42010-12-19 06:22:23 -06002298 output_x += xStep;
2299 }
2300
2301 ++input_y;
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002302 output_y += yStep;
John Bowler660c6e42010-12-19 06:22:23 -06002303 }
2304
2305Notice that the steps between successive output rows and columns are
2306returned as shifts. This is possible because the pixels in the subimages
2307are always a power of 2 apart - 1, 2, 4 or 8 pixels - in the original
2308image. In practice you may need to directly calculate the output coordinate
2309given an input coordinate. libpng provides two further macros for this
2310purpose:
2311
2312 png_uint_32 output_x = PNG_COL_FROM_PASS_COL(input_x, pass);
2313 png_uint_32 output_y = PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW(input_y, pass);
2314
2315Finally a pair of macros are provided to tell you if a particular image
2316row or column appears in a given pass:
2317
2318 int col_in_pass = PNG_COL_IN_INTERLACE_PASS(output_x, pass);
2319 int row_in_pass = PNG_ROW_IN_INTERLACE_PASS(output_y, pass);
2320
2321Bear in mind that you will probably also need to check the width and height
2322of the pass in addition to the above to be sure the pass even exists!
2323
2324With any luck you are convinced by now that you don't want to do your own
2325interlace handling. In reality normally the only good reason for doing this
2326is if you are processing PNG files on a pixel-by-pixel basis and don't want
2327to load the whole file into memory when it is interlaced.
2328
2329libpng includes a test program, pngvalid, that illustrates reading and
2330writing of interlaced images. If you can't get interlacing to work in your
Glenn Randers-Pehrson95ba4172011-09-08 12:21:42 -05002331code and don't want to leave it to libpng (the recommended approach), see
John Bowler660c6e42010-12-19 06:22:23 -06002332how pngvalid.c does it.
2333
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002334Finishing a sequential read
2335
2336After you are finished reading the image through the
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7017c402014-03-16 20:29:11 -05002337low-level interface, you can finish reading the file.
2338
2339If you want to use a different crc action for handling CRC errors in
2340chunks after the image data, you can call png_set_crc_action()
2341again at this point.
2342
2343If you are interested in comments or time, which may be stored either
2344before or after the image data, you should pass the separate png_info
2345struct if you want to keep the comments from before and after the image
Glenn Randers-Pehrson20786be2011-04-20 22:20:40 -05002346separate.
2347
2348 png_infop end_info = png_create_info_struct(png_ptr);
2349
2350 if (!end_info)
2351 {
2352 png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr,
2353 (png_infopp)NULL);
2354 return (ERROR);
2355 }
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002356
2357 png_read_end(png_ptr, end_info);
2358
Glenn Randers-Pehrson20786be2011-04-20 22:20:40 -05002359If you are not interested, you should still call png_read_end()
2360but you can pass NULL, avoiding the need to create an end_info structure.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7017c402014-03-16 20:29:11 -05002361If you do this, libpng will not process any chunks after IDAT other than
2362skipping over them and perhaps (depending on whether you have called
2363png_set_crc_action) checking their CRCs while looking for the IEND chunk.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson20786be2011-04-20 22:20:40 -05002364
2365 png_read_end(png_ptr, (png_infop)NULL);
2366
Glenn Randers-Pehrson99778e12011-04-20 17:43:52 -05002367If you don't call png_read_end(), then your file pointer will be
2368left pointing to the first chunk after the last IDAT, which is probably
2369not what you want if you expect to read something beyond the end of
2370the PNG datastream.
2371
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002372When you are done, you can free all memory allocated by libpng like this:
2373
2374 png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr,
2375 &end_info);
2376
Glenn Randers-Pehrson20786be2011-04-20 22:20:40 -05002377or, if you didn't create an end_info structure,
2378
2379 png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr,
2380 (png_infopp)NULL);
2381
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002382It is also possible to individually free the info_ptr members that
2383point to libpng-allocated storage with the following function:
2384
2385 png_free_data(png_ptr, info_ptr, mask, seq)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002386
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002387 mask - identifies data to be freed, a mask
2388 containing the bitwise OR of one or
2389 more of
2390 PNG_FREE_PLTE, PNG_FREE_TRNS,
2391 PNG_FREE_HIST, PNG_FREE_ICCP,
2392 PNG_FREE_PCAL, PNG_FREE_ROWS,
2393 PNG_FREE_SCAL, PNG_FREE_SPLT,
2394 PNG_FREE_TEXT, PNG_FREE_UNKN,
2395 or simply PNG_FREE_ALL
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002396
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002397 seq - sequence number of item to be freed
2398 (-1 for all items)
2399
2400This function may be safely called when the relevant storage has
2401already been freed, or has not yet been allocated, or was allocated
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonf210a052009-11-12 10:02:24 -06002402by the user and not by libpng, and will in those cases do nothing.
2403The "seq" parameter is ignored if only one item of the selected data
2404type, such as PLTE, is allowed. If "seq" is not -1, and multiple items
2405are allowed for the data type identified in the mask, such as text or
2406sPLT, only the n'th item in the structure is freed, where n is "seq".
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002407
2408The default behavior is only to free data that was allocated internally
2409by libpng. This can be changed, so that libpng will not free the data,
2410or so that it will free data that was allocated by the user with png_malloc()
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06002411or png_calloc() and passed in via a png_set_*() function, with
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002412
2413 png_data_freer(png_ptr, info_ptr, freer, mask)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002414
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002415 freer - one of
2416 PNG_DESTROY_WILL_FREE_DATA
2417 PNG_SET_WILL_FREE_DATA
2418 PNG_USER_WILL_FREE_DATA
2419
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002420 mask - which data elements are affected
2421 same choices as in png_free_data()
2422
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002423This function only affects data that has already been allocated.
2424You can call this function after reading the PNG data but before calling
2425any png_set_*() functions, to control whether the user or the png_set_*()
2426function is responsible for freeing any existing data that might be present,
2427and again after the png_set_*() functions to control whether the user
2428or png_destroy_*() is supposed to free the data. When the user assumes
2429responsibility for libpng-allocated data, the application must use
2430png_free() to free it, and when the user transfers responsibility to libpng
2431for data that the user has allocated, the user must have used png_malloc()
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06002432or png_calloc() to allocate it.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002433
2434If you allocated your row_pointers in a single block, as suggested above in
2435the description of the high level read interface, you must not transfer
2436responsibility for freeing it to the png_set_rows or png_read_destroy function,
2437because they would also try to free the individual row_pointers[i].
2438
2439If you allocated text_ptr.text, text_ptr.lang, and text_ptr.translated_keyword
2440separately, do not transfer responsibility for freeing text_ptr to libpng,
2441because when libpng fills a png_text structure it combines these members with
2442the key member, and png_free_data() will free only text_ptr.key. Similarly,
2443if you transfer responsibility for free'ing text_ptr from libpng to your
2444application, your application must not separately free those members.
2445
2446The png_free_data() function will turn off the "valid" flag for anything
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonf210a052009-11-12 10:02:24 -06002447it frees. If you need to turn the flag off for a chunk that was freed by
2448your application instead of by libpng, you can use
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002449
2450 png_set_invalid(png_ptr, info_ptr, mask);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002451
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002452 mask - identifies the chunks to be made invalid,
2453 containing the bitwise OR of one or
2454 more of
2455 PNG_INFO_gAMA, PNG_INFO_sBIT,
2456 PNG_INFO_cHRM, PNG_INFO_PLTE,
2457 PNG_INFO_tRNS, PNG_INFO_bKGD,
2458 PNG_INFO_hIST, PNG_INFO_pHYs,
2459 PNG_INFO_oFFs, PNG_INFO_tIME,
2460 PNG_INFO_pCAL, PNG_INFO_sRGB,
2461 PNG_INFO_iCCP, PNG_INFO_sPLT,
2462 PNG_INFO_sCAL, PNG_INFO_IDAT
2463
2464For a more compact example of reading a PNG image, see the file example.c.
2465
2466Reading PNG files progressively
2467
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7017c402014-03-16 20:29:11 -05002468The progressive reader is slightly different from the non-progressive
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002469reader. Instead of calling png_read_info(), png_read_rows(), and
2470png_read_end(), you make one call to png_process_data(), which calls
2471callbacks when it has the info, a row, or the end of the image. You
2472set up these callbacks with png_set_progressive_read_fn(). You don't
2473have to worry about the input/output functions of libpng, as you are
2474giving the library the data directly in png_process_data(). I will
2475assume that you have read the section on reading PNG files above,
2476so I will only highlight the differences (although I will show
2477all of the code).
2478
2479png_structp png_ptr;
2480png_infop info_ptr;
2481
2482 /* An example code fragment of how you would
2483 initialize the progressive reader in your
2484 application. */
2485 int
2486 initialize_png_reader()
2487 {
2488 png_ptr = png_create_read_struct
2489 (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, (png_voidp)user_error_ptr,
2490 user_error_fn, user_warning_fn);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002491
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002492 if (!png_ptr)
2493 return (ERROR);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002494
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002495 info_ptr = png_create_info_struct(png_ptr);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002496
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002497 if (!info_ptr)
2498 {
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002499 png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr,
2500 (png_infopp)NULL, (png_infopp)NULL);
2501 return (ERROR);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002502 }
2503
2504 if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(png_ptr)))
2505 {
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002506 png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr,
2507 (png_infopp)NULL);
2508 return (ERROR);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002509 }
2510
2511 /* This one's new. You can provide functions
2512 to be called when the header info is valid,
2513 when each row is completed, and when the image
2514 is finished. If you aren't using all functions,
2515 you can specify NULL parameters. Even when all
2516 three functions are NULL, you need to call
2517 png_set_progressive_read_fn(). You can use
2518 any struct as the user_ptr (cast to a void pointer
2519 for the function call), and retrieve the pointer
2520 from inside the callbacks using the function
2521
2522 png_get_progressive_ptr(png_ptr);
2523
2524 which will return a void pointer, which you have
2525 to cast appropriately.
2526 */
2527 png_set_progressive_read_fn(png_ptr, (void *)user_ptr,
2528 info_callback, row_callback, end_callback);
2529
2530 return 0;
2531 }
2532
2533 /* A code fragment that you call as you receive blocks
2534 of data */
2535 int
2536 process_data(png_bytep buffer, png_uint_32 length)
2537 {
2538 if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(png_ptr)))
2539 {
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002540 png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002541 (png_infopp)NULL);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002542 return (ERROR);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002543 }
2544
2545 /* This one's new also. Simply give it a chunk
2546 of data from the file stream (in order, of
2547 course). On machines with segmented memory
2548 models machines, don't give it any more than
2549 64K. The library seems to run fine with sizes
2550 of 4K. Although you can give it much less if
2551 necessary (I assume you can give it chunks of
2552 1 byte, I haven't tried less then 256 bytes
2553 yet). When this function returns, you may
2554 want to display any rows that were generated
2555 in the row callback if you don't already do
2556 so there.
2557 */
2558 png_process_data(png_ptr, info_ptr, buffer, length);
John Bowler0a5c9c02011-01-22 17:36:34 -06002559
2560 /* At this point you can call png_process_data_skip if
2561 you want to handle data the library will skip yourself;
2562 it simply returns the number of bytes to skip (and stops
2563 libpng skipping that number of bytes on the next
2564 png_process_data call).
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002565 return 0;
2566 }
2567
2568 /* This function is called (as set by
2569 png_set_progressive_read_fn() above) when enough data
2570 has been supplied so all of the header has been
2571 read.
2572 */
2573 void
2574 info_callback(png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info)
2575 {
2576 /* Do any setup here, including setting any of
2577 the transformations mentioned in the Reading
2578 PNG files section. For now, you _must_ call
2579 either png_start_read_image() or
2580 png_read_update_info() after all the
2581 transformations are set (even if you don't set
2582 any). You may start getting rows before
2583 png_process_data() returns, so this is your
2584 last chance to prepare for that.
John Bowler660c6e42010-12-19 06:22:23 -06002585
2586 This is where you turn on interlace handling,
2587 assuming you don't want to do it yourself.
John Bowler0a5c9c02011-01-22 17:36:34 -06002588
2589 If you need to you can stop the processing of
2590 your original input data at this point by calling
2591 png_process_data_pause. This returns the number
2592 of unprocessed bytes from the last png_process_data
2593 call - it is up to you to ensure that the next call
2594 sees these bytes again. If you don't want to bother
2595 with this you can get libpng to cache the unread
2596 bytes by setting the 'save' parameter (see png.h) but
2597 then libpng will have to copy the data internally.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002598 */
2599 }
2600
2601 /* This function is called when each row of image
2602 data is complete */
2603 void
2604 row_callback(png_structp png_ptr, png_bytep new_row,
2605 png_uint_32 row_num, int pass)
2606 {
2607 /* If the image is interlaced, and you turned
2608 on the interlace handler, this function will
2609 be called for every row in every pass. Some
2610 of these rows will not be changed from the
2611 previous pass. When the row is not changed,
2612 the new_row variable will be NULL. The rows
2613 and passes are called in order, so you don't
2614 really need the row_num and pass, but I'm
2615 supplying them because it may make your life
2616 easier.
2617
John Bowler660c6e42010-12-19 06:22:23 -06002618 If you did not turn on interlace handling then
2619 the callback is called for each row of each
2620 sub-image when the image is interlaced. In this
2621 case 'row_num' is the row in the sub-image, not
2622 the row in the output image as it is in all other
2623 cases.
2624
2625 For the non-NULL rows of interlaced images when
2626 you have switched on libpng interlace handling,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002627 you must call png_progressive_combine_row()
2628 passing in the row and the old row. You can
2629 call this function for NULL rows (it will just
2630 return) and for non-interlaced images (it just
2631 does the memcpy for you) if it will make the
2632 code easier. Thus, you can just do this for
John Bowler660c6e42010-12-19 06:22:23 -06002633 all cases if you switch on interlace handling;
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002634 */
2635
2636 png_progressive_combine_row(png_ptr, old_row,
2637 new_row);
2638
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7017c402014-03-16 20:29:11 -05002639 /* where old_row is what was displayed
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002640 previously for the row. Note that the first
2641 pass (pass == 0, really) will completely cover
2642 the old row, so the rows do not have to be
2643 initialized. After the first pass (and only
2644 for interlaced images), you will have to pass
2645 the current row, and the function will combine
2646 the old row and the new row.
John Bowler0a5c9c02011-01-22 17:36:34 -06002647
2648 You can also call png_process_data_pause in this
2649 callback - see above.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002650 */
2651 }
2652
2653 void
2654 end_callback(png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info)
2655 {
2656 /* This function is called after the whole image
2657 has been read, including any chunks after the
2658 image (up to and including the IEND). You
2659 will usually have the same info chunk as you
2660 had in the header, although some data may have
2661 been added to the comments and time fields.
2662
2663 Most people won't do much here, perhaps setting
2664 a flag that marks the image as finished.
2665 */
2666 }
2667
2668
2669
2670IV. Writing
2671
2672Much of this is very similar to reading. However, everything of
2673importance is repeated here, so you won't have to constantly look
2674back up in the reading section to understand writing.
2675
2676Setup
2677
2678You will want to do the I/O initialization before you get into libpng,
2679so if it doesn't work, you don't have anything to undo. If you are not
2680using the standard I/O functions, you will need to replace them with
2681custom writing functions. See the discussion under Customizing libpng.
2682
2683 FILE *fp = fopen(file_name, "wb");
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002684
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002685 if (!fp)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002686 return (ERROR);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002687
2688Next, png_struct and png_info need to be allocated and initialized.
2689As these can be both relatively large, you may not want to store these
2690on the stack, unless you have stack space to spare. Of course, you
2691will want to check if they return NULL. If you are also reading,
2692you won't want to name your read structure and your write structure
2693both "png_ptr"; you can call them anything you like, such as
2694"read_ptr" and "write_ptr". Look at pngtest.c, for example.
2695
2696 png_structp png_ptr = png_create_write_struct
2697 (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, (png_voidp)user_error_ptr,
2698 user_error_fn, user_warning_fn);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002699
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002700 if (!png_ptr)
2701 return (ERROR);
2702
2703 png_infop info_ptr = png_create_info_struct(png_ptr);
2704 if (!info_ptr)
2705 {
2706 png_destroy_write_struct(&png_ptr,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002707 (png_infopp)NULL);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002708 return (ERROR);
2709 }
2710
2711If you want to use your own memory allocation routines,
2712define PNG_USER_MEM_SUPPORTED and use
2713png_create_write_struct_2() instead of png_create_write_struct():
2714
2715 png_structp png_ptr = png_create_write_struct_2
2716 (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, (png_voidp)user_error_ptr,
2717 user_error_fn, user_warning_fn, (png_voidp)
2718 user_mem_ptr, user_malloc_fn, user_free_fn);
2719
2720After you have these structures, you will need to set up the
2721error handling. When libpng encounters an error, it expects to
2722longjmp() back to your routine. Therefore, you will need to call
2723setjmp() and pass the png_jmpbuf(png_ptr). If you
2724write the file from different routines, you will need to update
2725the png_jmpbuf(png_ptr) every time you enter a new routine that will
2726call a png_*() function. See your documentation of setjmp/longjmp
2727for your compiler for more information on setjmp/longjmp. See
2728the discussion on libpng error handling in the Customizing Libpng
2729section below for more information on the libpng error handling.
2730
2731 if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(png_ptr)))
2732 {
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002733 png_destroy_write_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002734 fclose(fp);
2735 return (ERROR);
2736 }
2737 ...
2738 return;
2739
2740If you would rather avoid the complexity of setjmp/longjmp issues,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson54ac9a92010-04-02 17:06:22 -05002741you can compile libpng with PNG_NO_SETJMP, in which case
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002742errors will result in a call to PNG_ABORT() which defaults to abort().
2743
Glenn Randers-Pehrson54ac9a92010-04-02 17:06:22 -05002744You can #define PNG_ABORT() to a function that does something
2745more useful than abort(), as long as your function does not
2746return.
2747
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06002748Checking for invalid palette index on write was added at libpng
27491.5.10. If a pixel contains an invalid (out-of-range) index libpng issues
2750a benign error. This is enabled by default because this condition is an
2751error according to the PNG specification, Clause 11.3.2, but the error can
2752be ignored in each png_ptr with
2753
2754 png_set_check_for_invalid_index(png_ptr, 0);
2755
2756If the error is ignored, or if png_benign_error() treats it as a warning,
2757any invalid pixels are written as-is by the encoder, resulting in an
2758invalid PNG datastream as output. In this case the application is
2759responsible for ensuring that the pixel indexes are in range when it writes
2760a PLTE chunk with fewer entries than the bit depth would allow.
2761
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002762Now you need to set up the output code. The default for libpng is to
2763use the C function fwrite(). If you use this, you will need to pass a
2764valid FILE * in the function png_init_io(). Be sure that the file is
2765opened in binary mode. Again, if you wish to handle writing data in
2766another way, see the discussion on libpng I/O handling in the Customizing
2767Libpng section below.
2768
2769 png_init_io(png_ptr, fp);
2770
2771If you are embedding your PNG into a datastream such as MNG, and don't
2772want libpng to write the 8-byte signature, or if you have already
2773written the signature in your application, use
2774
2775 png_set_sig_bytes(png_ptr, 8);
2776
2777to inform libpng that it should not write a signature.
2778
2779Write callbacks
2780
2781At this point, you can set up a callback function that will be
2782called after each row has been written, which you can use to control
2783a progress meter or the like. It's demonstrated in pngtest.c.
2784You must supply a function
2785
Glenn Randers-Pehrson81ce8892011-01-24 08:04:37 -06002786 void write_row_callback(png_structp png_ptr, png_uint_32 row,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002787 int pass);
2788 {
2789 /* put your code here */
2790 }
2791
2792(You can give it another name that you like instead of "write_row_callback")
2793
2794To inform libpng about your function, use
2795
2796 png_set_write_status_fn(png_ptr, write_row_callback);
2797
John Bowler59010e52011-02-16 06:16:31 -06002798When this function is called the row has already been completely processed and
2799it has also been written out. The 'row' and 'pass' refer to the next row to be
2800handled. For the
2801non-interlaced case the row that was just handled is simply one less than the
2802passed in row number, and pass will always be 0. For the interlaced case the
2803same applies unless the row value is 0, in which case the row just handled was
2804the last one from one of the preceding passes. Because interlacing may skip a
2805pass you cannot be sure that the preceding pass is just 'pass-1', if you really
2806need to know what the last pass is record (row,pass) from the callback and use
2807the last recorded value each time.
2808
2809As with the user transform you can find the output row using the
2810PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW macro.
2811
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002812You now have the option of modifying how the compression library will
2813run. The following functions are mainly for testing, but may be useful
2814in some cases, like if you need to write PNG files extremely fast and
2815are willing to give up some compression, or if you want to get the
2816maximum possible compression at the expense of slower writing. If you
2817have no special needs in this area, let the library do what it wants by
2818not calling this function at all, as it has been tuned to deliver a good
2819speed/compression ratio. The second parameter to png_set_filter() is
2820the filter method, for which the only valid values are 0 (as of the
2821July 1999 PNG specification, version 1.2) or 64 (if you are writing
2822a PNG datastream that is to be embedded in a MNG datastream). The third
2823parameter is a flag that indicates which filter type(s) are to be tested
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonf210a052009-11-12 10:02:24 -06002824for each scanline. See the PNG specification for details on the specific
2825filter types.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002826
2827
2828 /* turn on or off filtering, and/or choose
2829 specific filters. You can use either a single
2830 PNG_FILTER_VALUE_NAME or the bitwise OR of one
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002831 or more PNG_FILTER_NAME masks.
2832 */
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002833 png_set_filter(png_ptr, 0,
2834 PNG_FILTER_NONE | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_NONE |
2835 PNG_FILTER_SUB | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_SUB |
2836 PNG_FILTER_UP | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_UP |
2837 PNG_FILTER_AVG | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_AVG |
2838 PNG_FILTER_PAETH | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_PAETH|
2839 PNG_ALL_FILTERS);
2840
John Bowler660c6e42010-12-19 06:22:23 -06002841If an application wants to start and stop using particular filters during
2842compression, it should start out with all of the filters (to ensure that
2843the previous row of pixels will be stored in case it's needed later),
2844and then add and remove them after the start of compression.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002845
2846If you are writing a PNG datastream that is to be embedded in a MNG
2847datastream, the second parameter can be either 0 or 64.
2848
2849The png_set_compression_*() functions interface to the zlib compression
2850library, and should mostly be ignored unless you really know what you are
2851doing. The only generally useful call is png_set_compression_level()
2852which changes how much time zlib spends on trying to compress the image
2853data. See the Compression Library (zlib.h and algorithm.txt, distributed
2854with zlib) for details on the compression levels.
2855
Glenn Randers-Pehrson38734ee2011-03-03 06:23:31 -06002856 #include zlib.h
2857
Glenn Randers-Pehrsona45f47c2011-04-01 15:31:26 -05002858 /* Set the zlib compression level */
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002859 png_set_compression_level(png_ptr,
2860 Z_BEST_COMPRESSION);
2861
Glenn Randers-Pehrsona45f47c2011-04-01 15:31:26 -05002862 /* Set other zlib parameters for compressing IDAT */
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002863 png_set_compression_mem_level(png_ptr, 8);
2864 png_set_compression_strategy(png_ptr,
2865 Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY);
2866 png_set_compression_window_bits(png_ptr, 15);
2867 png_set_compression_method(png_ptr, 8);
2868 png_set_compression_buffer_size(png_ptr, 8192)
2869
Glenn Randers-Pehrsona45f47c2011-04-01 15:31:26 -05002870 /* Set zlib parameters for text compression
2871 * If you don't call these, the parameters
2872 * fall back on those defined for IDAT chunks
2873 */
Glenn Randers-Pehrson8eb88332011-04-01 00:16:50 -05002874 png_set_text_compression_mem_level(png_ptr, 8);
2875 png_set_text_compression_strategy(png_ptr,
2876 Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY);
2877 png_set_text_compression_window_bits(png_ptr, 15);
2878 png_set_text_compression_method(png_ptr, 8);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002879
2880Setting the contents of info for output
2881
2882You now need to fill in the png_info structure with all the data you
2883wish to write before the actual image. Note that the only thing you
2884are allowed to write after the image is the text chunks and the time
2885chunk (as of PNG Specification 1.2, anyway). See png_write_end() and
2886the latest PNG specification for more information on that. If you
2887wish to write them before the image, fill them in now, and flag that
2888data as being valid. If you want to wait until after the data, don't
2889fill them until png_write_end(). For all the fields in png_info and
2890their data types, see png.h. For explanations of what the fields
2891contain, see the PNG specification.
2892
2893Some of the more important parts of the png_info are:
2894
2895 png_set_IHDR(png_ptr, info_ptr, width, height,
2896 bit_depth, color_type, interlace_type,
2897 compression_type, filter_method)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002898
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002899 width - holds the width of the image
2900 in pixels (up to 2^31).
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002901
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002902 height - holds the height of the image
2903 in pixels (up to 2^31).
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002904
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002905 bit_depth - holds the bit depth of one of the
2906 image channels.
2907 (valid values are 1, 2, 4, 8, 16
2908 and depend also on the
2909 color_type. See also significant
2910 bits (sBIT) below).
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002911
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002912 color_type - describes which color/alpha
2913 channels are present.
2914 PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY
2915 (bit depths 1, 2, 4, 8, 16)
2916 PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA
2917 (bit depths 8, 16)
2918 PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE
2919 (bit depths 1, 2, 4, 8)
2920 PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB
2921 (bit_depths 8, 16)
2922 PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA
2923 (bit_depths 8, 16)
2924
2925 PNG_COLOR_MASK_PALETTE
2926 PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR
2927 PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA
2928
2929 interlace_type - PNG_INTERLACE_NONE or
2930 PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002931
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002932 compression_type - (must be
2933 PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_DEFAULT)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002934
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002935 filter_method - (must be PNG_FILTER_TYPE_DEFAULT
2936 or, if you are writing a PNG to
2937 be embedded in a MNG datastream,
2938 can also be
2939 PNG_INTRAPIXEL_DIFFERENCING)
2940
2941If you call png_set_IHDR(), the call must appear before any of the
Glenn Randers-Pehrsond60c8862009-06-15 21:56:14 -05002942other png_set_*() functions, because they might require access to some of
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002943the IHDR settings. The remaining png_set_*() functions can be called
2944in any order.
2945
Glenn Randers-Pehrson9dcde092009-06-08 08:31:59 -05002946If you wish, you can reset the compression_type, interlace_type, or
2947filter_method later by calling png_set_IHDR() again; if you do this, the
2948width, height, bit_depth, and color_type must be the same in each call.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson37e7e0b2009-06-02 13:46:41 -05002949
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002950 png_set_PLTE(png_ptr, info_ptr, palette,
2951 num_palette);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002952
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002953 palette - the palette for the file
2954 (array of png_color)
2955 num_palette - number of entries in the palette
2956
Glenn Randers-Pehrson8d0bc0f2011-01-25 22:15:58 -06002957 png_set_gAMA(png_ptr, info_ptr, file_gamma);
2958 png_set_gAMA_fixed(png_ptr, info_ptr, int_file_gamma);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002959
Glenn Randers-Pehrson8d0bc0f2011-01-25 22:15:58 -06002960 file_gamma - the gamma at which the image was
2961 created (PNG_INFO_gAMA)
2962
2963 int_file_gamma - 100,000 times the gamma at which
2964 the image was created
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002965
John Bowlerbbd17bd2011-08-25 17:48:18 -05002966 png_set_cHRM(png_ptr, info_ptr, white_x, white_y, red_x, red_y,
2967 green_x, green_y, blue_x, blue_y)
2968 png_set_cHRM_XYZ(png_ptr, info_ptr, red_X, red_Y, red_Z, green_X,
2969 green_Y, green_Z, blue_X, blue_Y, blue_Z)
2970 png_set_cHRM_fixed(png_ptr, info_ptr, int_white_x, int_white_y,
2971 int_red_x, int_red_y, int_green_x, int_green_y,
2972 int_blue_x, int_blue_y)
2973 png_set_cHRM_XYZ_fixed(png_ptr, info_ptr, int_red_X, int_red_Y,
2974 int_red_Z, int_green_X, int_green_Y, int_green_Z,
2975 int_blue_X, int_blue_Y, int_blue_Z)
2976
2977 {white,red,green,blue}_{x,y}
2978 A color space encoding specified using the chromaticities
2979 of the end points and the white point.
2980
2981 {red,green,blue}_{X,Y,Z}
2982 A color space encoding specified using the encoding end
2983 points - the CIE tristimulus specification of the intended
2984 color of the red, green and blue channels in the PNG RGB
2985 data. The white point is simply the sum of the three end
2986 points.
2987
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002988 png_set_sRGB(png_ptr, info_ptr, srgb_intent);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002989
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002990 srgb_intent - the rendering intent
2991 (PNG_INFO_sRGB) The presence of
2992 the sRGB chunk means that the pixel
2993 data is in the sRGB color space.
2994 This chunk also implies specific
2995 values of gAMA and cHRM. Rendering
2996 intent is the CSS-1 property that
2997 has been defined by the International
2998 Color Consortium
2999 (http://www.color.org).
3000 It can be one of
3001 PNG_sRGB_INTENT_SATURATION,
3002 PNG_sRGB_INTENT_PERCEPTUAL,
3003 PNG_sRGB_INTENT_ABSOLUTE, or
3004 PNG_sRGB_INTENT_RELATIVE.
3005
3006
3007 png_set_sRGB_gAMA_and_cHRM(png_ptr, info_ptr,
3008 srgb_intent);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003009
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003010 srgb_intent - the rendering intent
3011 (PNG_INFO_sRGB) The presence of the
3012 sRGB chunk means that the pixel
3013 data is in the sRGB color space.
3014 This function also causes gAMA and
3015 cHRM chunks with the specific values
3016 that are consistent with sRGB to be
3017 written.
3018
3019 png_set_iCCP(png_ptr, info_ptr, name, compression_type,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson4a5a1ec2011-01-15 11:43:28 -06003020 profile, proflen);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003021
Glenn Randers-Pehrson4a5a1ec2011-01-15 11:43:28 -06003022 name - The profile name.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003023
Glenn Randers-Pehrson4a5a1ec2011-01-15 11:43:28 -06003024 compression_type - The compression type; always
3025 PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_BASE for PNG 1.0.
3026 You may give NULL to this argument to
3027 ignore it.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003028
Glenn Randers-Pehrson4a5a1ec2011-01-15 11:43:28 -06003029 profile - International Color Consortium color
3030 profile data. May contain NULs.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003031
Glenn Randers-Pehrson4a5a1ec2011-01-15 11:43:28 -06003032 proflen - length of profile data in bytes.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003033
3034 png_set_sBIT(png_ptr, info_ptr, sig_bit);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003035
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003036 sig_bit - the number of significant bits for
3037 (PNG_INFO_sBIT) each of the gray, red,
3038 green, and blue channels, whichever are
3039 appropriate for the given color type
3040 (png_color_16)
3041
Glenn Randers-Pehrson866b62a2009-08-08 16:33:14 -05003042 png_set_tRNS(png_ptr, info_ptr, trans_alpha,
3043 num_trans, trans_color);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003044
Glenn Randers-Pehrson866b62a2009-08-08 16:33:14 -05003045 trans_alpha - array of alpha (transparency)
3046 entries for palette (PNG_INFO_tRNS)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003047
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7a287242011-07-26 12:03:11 -05003048 num_trans - number of transparent entries
3049 (PNG_INFO_tRNS)
3050
Glenn Randers-Pehrson9dcde092009-06-08 08:31:59 -05003051 trans_color - graylevel or color sample values
3052 (in order red, green, blue) of the
3053 single transparent color for
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003054 non-paletted images (PNG_INFO_tRNS)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003055
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003056 png_set_hIST(png_ptr, info_ptr, hist);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003057
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003058 hist - histogram of palette (array of
Glenn Randers-Pehrson8d0bc0f2011-01-25 22:15:58 -06003059 png_uint_16) (PNG_INFO_hIST)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003060
3061 png_set_tIME(png_ptr, info_ptr, mod_time);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003062
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003063 mod_time - time image was last modified
3064 (PNG_VALID_tIME)
3065
3066 png_set_bKGD(png_ptr, info_ptr, background);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003067
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonab389792011-07-09 19:35:22 -05003068 background - background color (of type
3069 png_color_16p) (PNG_VALID_bKGD)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003070
3071 png_set_text(png_ptr, info_ptr, text_ptr, num_text);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003072
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003073 text_ptr - array of png_text holding image
3074 comments
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003075
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003076 text_ptr[i].compression - type of compression used
3077 on "text" PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE
3078 PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt
3079 PNG_ITXT_COMPRESSION_NONE
3080 PNG_ITXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt
3081 text_ptr[i].key - keyword for comment. Must contain
3082 1-79 characters.
3083 text_ptr[i].text - text comments for current
3084 keyword. Can be NULL or empty.
3085 text_ptr[i].text_length - length of text string,
3086 after decompression, 0 for iTXt
3087 text_ptr[i].itxt_length - length of itxt string,
3088 after decompression, 0 for tEXt/zTXt
3089 text_ptr[i].lang - language of comment (NULL or
3090 empty for unknown).
3091 text_ptr[i].translated_keyword - keyword in UTF-8 (NULL
3092 or empty for unknown).
Glenn Randers-Pehrson680da022011-11-21 17:05:41 -06003093
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonef29a5e2009-10-31 19:37:05 -05003094 Note that the itxt_length, lang, and lang_key
Glenn Randers-Pehrson680da022011-11-21 17:05:41 -06003095 members of the text_ptr structure only exist when the
3096 library is built with iTXt chunk support. Prior to
3097 libpng-1.4.0 the library was built by default without
3098 iTXt support. Also note that when iTXt is supported,
3099 they contain NULL pointers when the "compression"
3100 field contains PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE or
3101 PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt.
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonef29a5e2009-10-31 19:37:05 -05003102
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003103 num_text - number of comments
3104
3105 png_set_sPLT(png_ptr, info_ptr, &palette_ptr,
3106 num_spalettes);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003107
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003108 palette_ptr - array of png_sPLT_struct structures
3109 to be added to the list of palettes
3110 in the info structure.
3111 num_spalettes - number of palette structures to be
3112 added.
3113
3114 png_set_oFFs(png_ptr, info_ptr, offset_x, offset_y,
3115 unit_type);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003116
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003117 offset_x - positive offset from the left
3118 edge of the screen
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003119
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003120 offset_y - positive offset from the top
3121 edge of the screen
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003122
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003123 unit_type - PNG_OFFSET_PIXEL, PNG_OFFSET_MICROMETER
3124
3125 png_set_pHYs(png_ptr, info_ptr, res_x, res_y,
3126 unit_type);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003127
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003128 res_x - pixels/unit physical resolution
3129 in x direction
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003130
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003131 res_y - pixels/unit physical resolution
3132 in y direction
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003133
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003134 unit_type - PNG_RESOLUTION_UNKNOWN,
3135 PNG_RESOLUTION_METER
3136
3137 png_set_sCAL(png_ptr, info_ptr, unit, width, height)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003138
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003139 unit - physical scale units (an integer)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003140
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003141 width - width of a pixel in physical scale units
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003142
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003143 height - height of a pixel in physical scale units
3144 (width and height are doubles)
3145
3146 png_set_sCAL_s(png_ptr, info_ptr, unit, width, height)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003147
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003148 unit - physical scale units (an integer)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003149
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003150 width - width of a pixel in physical scale units
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7a287242011-07-26 12:03:11 -05003151 expressed as a string
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003152
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003153 height - height of a pixel in physical scale units
3154 (width and height are strings like "2.54")
3155
3156 png_set_unknown_chunks(png_ptr, info_ptr, &unknowns,
3157 num_unknowns)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003158
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003159 unknowns - array of png_unknown_chunk
3160 structures holding unknown chunks
3161 unknowns[i].name - name of unknown chunk
3162 unknowns[i].data - data of unknown chunk
3163 unknowns[i].size - size of unknown chunk's data
3164 unknowns[i].location - position to write chunk in file
3165 0: do not write chunk
3166 PNG_HAVE_IHDR: before PLTE
3167 PNG_HAVE_PLTE: before IDAT
3168 PNG_AFTER_IDAT: after IDAT
3169
3170The "location" member is set automatically according to
3171what part of the output file has already been written.
3172You can change its value after calling png_set_unknown_chunks()
3173as demonstrated in pngtest.c. Within each of the "locations",
3174the chunks are sequenced according to their position in the
3175structure (that is, the value of "i", which is the order in which
3176the chunk was either read from the input file or defined with
3177png_set_unknown_chunks).
3178
3179A quick word about text and num_text. text is an array of png_text
3180structures. num_text is the number of valid structures in the array.
3181Each png_text structure holds a language code, a keyword, a text value,
3182and a compression type.
3183
3184The compression types have the same valid numbers as the compression
3185types of the image data. Currently, the only valid number is zero.
3186However, you can store text either compressed or uncompressed, unlike
3187images, which always have to be compressed. So if you don't want the
3188text compressed, set the compression type to PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE.
3189Because tEXt and zTXt chunks don't have a language field, if you
3190specify PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE or PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt
3191any language code or translated keyword will not be written out.
3192
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7a287242011-07-26 12:03:11 -05003193Until text gets around a few hundred bytes, it is not worth compressing it.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003194After the text has been written out to the file, the compression type
3195is set to PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE_WR or PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt_WR,
3196so that it isn't written out again at the end (in case you are calling
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003197png_write_end() with the same struct).
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003198
3199The keywords that are given in the PNG Specification are:
3200
3201 Title Short (one line) title or
3202 caption for image
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003203
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003204 Author Name of image's creator
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003205
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003206 Description Description of image (possibly long)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003207
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003208 Copyright Copyright notice
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003209
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003210 Creation Time Time of original image creation
3211 (usually RFC 1123 format, see below)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003212
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003213 Software Software used to create the image
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003214
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003215 Disclaimer Legal disclaimer
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003216
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003217 Warning Warning of nature of content
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003218
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003219 Source Device used to create the image
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003220
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003221 Comment Miscellaneous comment; conversion
3222 from other image format
3223
3224The keyword-text pairs work like this. Keywords should be short
3225simple descriptions of what the comment is about. Some typical
3226keywords are found in the PNG specification, as is some recommendations
3227on keywords. You can repeat keywords in a file. You can even write
3228some text before the image and some after. For example, you may want
3229to put a description of the image before the image, but leave the
3230disclaimer until after, so viewers working over modem connections
3231don't have to wait for the disclaimer to go over the modem before
3232they start seeing the image. Finally, keywords should be full
3233words, not abbreviations. Keywords and text are in the ISO 8859-1
3234(Latin-1) character set (a superset of regular ASCII) and can not
3235contain NUL characters, and should not contain control or other
3236unprintable characters. To make the comments widely readable, stick
3237with basic ASCII, and avoid machine specific character set extensions
3238like the IBM-PC character set. The keyword must be present, but
3239you can leave off the text string on non-compressed pairs.
3240Compressed pairs must have a text string, as only the text string
3241is compressed anyway, so the compression would be meaningless.
3242
3243PNG supports modification time via the png_time structure. Two
3244conversion routines are provided, png_convert_from_time_t() for
3245time_t and png_convert_from_struct_tm() for struct tm. The
3246time_t routine uses gmtime(). You don't have to use either of
3247these, but if you wish to fill in the png_time structure directly,
3248you should provide the time in universal time (GMT) if possible
3249instead of your local time. Note that the year number is the full
3250year (e.g. 1998, rather than 98 - PNG is year 2000 compliant!), and
3251that months start with 1.
3252
3253If you want to store the time of the original image creation, you should
3254use a plain tEXt chunk with the "Creation Time" keyword. This is
3255necessary because the "creation time" of a PNG image is somewhat vague,
3256depending on whether you mean the PNG file, the time the image was
3257created in a non-PNG format, a still photo from which the image was
3258scanned, or possibly the subject matter itself. In order to facilitate
3259machine-readable dates, it is recommended that the "Creation Time"
3260tEXt chunk use RFC 1123 format dates (e.g. "22 May 1997 18:07:10 GMT"),
3261although this isn't a requirement. Unlike the tIME chunk, the
3262"Creation Time" tEXt chunk is not expected to be automatically changed
3263by the software. To facilitate the use of RFC 1123 dates, a function
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06003264png_convert_to_rfc1123_buffer(png_ptr, buffer, png_timep) is provided to
3265convert from PNG time to an RFC 1123 format string. The caller must provide
3266a writeable buffer of at least 29 bytes.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003267
3268Writing unknown chunks
3269
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7017c402014-03-16 20:29:11 -05003270You can use the png_set_unknown_chunks function to queue up private chunks
3271for writing. You give it a chunk name, location, raw data, and a size. You
3272also must use png_set_keep_unknown_chunks() to ensure that libpng will
3273handle them. That's all there is to it. The chunks will be written by the
3274next following png_write_info_before_PLTE, png_write_info, or png_write_end
3275function, depending upon the specified location. Any chunks previously
3276read into the info structure's unknown-chunk list will also be written out
3277in a sequence that satisfies the PNG specification's ordering rules.
3278
3279Here is an example of writing two private chunks, prVt and miNE:
3280
3281 #ifdef PNG_WRITE_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED
3282 /* Set unknown chunk data */
3283 png_unknown_chunk unk_chunk[2];
3284 strcpy((char *) unk_chunk[0].name, "prVt";
3285 unk_chunk[0].data = (unsigned char *) "PRIVATE DATA";
3286 unk_chunk[0].size = strlen(unk_chunk[0].data)+1;
3287 unk_chunk[0].location = PNG_HAVE_IHDR;
3288 strcpy((char *) unk_chunk[1].name, "miNE";
3289 unk_chunk[1].data = (unsigned char *) "MY CHUNK DATA";
3290 unk_chunk[1].size = strlen(unk_chunk[0].data)+1;
3291 unk_chunk[1].location = PNG_AFTER_IDAT;
3292 png_set_unknown_chunks(write_ptr, write_info_ptr,
3293 unk_chunk, 2);
3294 /* Needed because miNE is not safe-to-copy */
3295 png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(png, PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_ALWAYS,
3296 (png_bytep) "miNE", 1);
3297 # if PNG_LIBPNG_VER < 10600
3298 /* Deal with unknown chunk location bug in 1.5.x and earlier */
3299 png_set_unknown_chunk_location(png, info, 0, PNG_HAVE_IHDR);
3300 png_set_unknown_chunk_location(png, info, 1, PNG_AFTER_IDAT);
3301 # endif
3302 # if PNG_LIBPNG_VER < 10500
3303 /* PNG_AFTER_IDAT writes two copies of the chunk prior to libpng-1.5.0,
3304 * one before IDAT and another after IDAT, so don't use it; only use
3305 * PNG_HAVE_IHDR location. This call resets the location previously
3306 * set by assignment and png_set_unknown_chunk_location() for chunk 1.
3307 */
3308 png_set_unknown_chunk_location(png, info, 1, PNG_HAVE_IHDR);
3309 # endif
3310 #endif
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003311
3312The high-level write interface
3313
3314At this point there are two ways to proceed; through the high-level
3315write interface, or through a sequence of low-level write operations.
3316You can use the high-level interface if your image data is present
3317in the info structure. All defined output
3318transformations are permitted, enabled by the following masks.
3319
3320 PNG_TRANSFORM_IDENTITY No transformation
3321 PNG_TRANSFORM_PACKING Pack 1, 2 and 4-bit samples
3322 PNG_TRANSFORM_PACKSWAP Change order of packed
3323 pixels to LSB first
3324 PNG_TRANSFORM_INVERT_MONO Invert monochrome images
3325 PNG_TRANSFORM_SHIFT Normalize pixels to the
3326 sBIT depth
3327 PNG_TRANSFORM_BGR Flip RGB to BGR, RGBA
3328 to BGRA
3329 PNG_TRANSFORM_SWAP_ALPHA Flip RGBA to ARGB or GA
3330 to AG
3331 PNG_TRANSFORM_INVERT_ALPHA Change alpha from opacity
3332 to transparency
3333 PNG_TRANSFORM_SWAP_ENDIAN Byte-swap 16-bit samples
3334 PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_FILLER Strip out filler
3335 bytes (deprecated).
3336 PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_FILLER_BEFORE Strip out leading
3337 filler bytes
3338 PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_FILLER_AFTER Strip out trailing
3339 filler bytes
3340
3341If you have valid image data in the info structure (you can use
3342png_set_rows() to put image data in the info structure), simply do this:
3343
3344 png_write_png(png_ptr, info_ptr, png_transforms, NULL)
3345
3346where png_transforms is an integer containing the bitwise OR of some set of
3347transformation flags. This call is equivalent to png_write_info(),
3348followed the set of transformations indicated by the transform mask,
3349then png_write_image(), and finally png_write_end().
3350
3351(The final parameter of this call is not yet used. Someday it might point
3352to transformation parameters required by some future output transform.)
3353
3354You must use png_transforms and not call any png_set_transform() functions
3355when you use png_write_png().
3356
3357The low-level write interface
3358
3359If you are going the low-level route instead, you are now ready to
3360write all the file information up to the actual image data. You do
3361this with a call to png_write_info().
3362
3363 png_write_info(png_ptr, info_ptr);
3364
3365Note that there is one transformation you may need to do before
3366png_write_info(). In PNG files, the alpha channel in an image is the
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonf210a052009-11-12 10:02:24 -06003367level of opacity. If your data is supplied as a level of transparency,
3368you can invert the alpha channel before you write it, so that 0 is
3369fully transparent and 255 (in 8-bit or paletted images) or 65535
3370(in 16-bit images) is fully opaque, with
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003371
3372 png_set_invert_alpha(png_ptr);
3373
3374This must appear before png_write_info() instead of later with the
3375other transformations because in the case of paletted images the tRNS
3376chunk data has to be inverted before the tRNS chunk is written. If
3377your image is not a paletted image, the tRNS data (which in such cases
3378represents a single color to be rendered as transparent) won't need to
3379be changed, and you can safely do this transformation after your
3380png_write_info() call.
3381
3382If you need to write a private chunk that you want to appear before
3383the PLTE chunk when PLTE is present, you can write the PNG info in
3384two steps, and insert code to write your own chunk between them:
3385
3386 png_write_info_before_PLTE(png_ptr, info_ptr);
3387 png_set_unknown_chunks(png_ptr, info_ptr, ...);
3388 png_write_info(png_ptr, info_ptr);
3389
3390After you've written the file information, you can set up the library
3391to handle any special transformations of the image data. The various
3392ways to transform the data will be described in the order that they
3393should occur. This is important, as some of these change the color
3394type and/or bit depth of the data, and some others only work on
3395certain color types and bit depths. Even though each transformation
3396checks to see if it has data that it can do something with, you should
3397make sure to only enable a transformation if it will be valid for the
3398data. For example, don't swap red and blue on grayscale data.
3399
3400PNG files store RGB pixels packed into 3 or 6 bytes. This code tells
3401the library to strip input data that has 4 or 8 bytes per pixel down
3402to 3 or 6 bytes (or strip 2 or 4-byte grayscale+filler data to 1 or 2
3403bytes per pixel).
3404
3405 png_set_filler(png_ptr, 0, PNG_FILLER_BEFORE);
3406
3407where the 0 is unused, and the location is either PNG_FILLER_BEFORE or
3408PNG_FILLER_AFTER, depending upon whether the filler byte in the pixel
3409is stored XRGB or RGBX.
3410
3411PNG files pack pixels of bit depths 1, 2, and 4 into bytes as small as
3412they can, resulting in, for example, 8 pixels per byte for 1 bit files.
3413If the data is supplied at 1 pixel per byte, use this code, which will
3414correctly pack the pixels into a single byte:
3415
3416 png_set_packing(png_ptr);
3417
3418PNG files reduce possible bit depths to 1, 2, 4, 8, and 16. If your
3419data is of another bit depth, you can write an sBIT chunk into the
3420file so that decoders can recover the original data if desired.
3421
3422 /* Set the true bit depth of the image data */
3423 if (color_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR)
3424 {
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003425 sig_bit.red = true_bit_depth;
3426 sig_bit.green = true_bit_depth;
3427 sig_bit.blue = true_bit_depth;
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003428 }
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003429
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003430 else
3431 {
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003432 sig_bit.gray = true_bit_depth;
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003433 }
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003434
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003435 if (color_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA)
3436 {
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003437 sig_bit.alpha = true_bit_depth;
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003438 }
3439
3440 png_set_sBIT(png_ptr, info_ptr, &sig_bit);
3441
3442If the data is stored in the row buffer in a bit depth other than
3443one supported by PNG (e.g. 3 bit data in the range 0-7 for a 4-bit PNG),
3444this will scale the values to appear to be the correct bit depth as
3445is required by PNG.
3446
3447 png_set_shift(png_ptr, &sig_bit);
3448
Glenn Randers-Pehrson593fc042011-05-12 22:18:23 -05003449PNG files store 16-bit pixels in network byte order (big-endian,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003450ie. most significant bits first). This code would be used if they are
3451supplied the other way (little-endian, i.e. least significant bits
3452first, the way PCs store them):
3453
3454 if (bit_depth > 8)
3455 png_set_swap(png_ptr);
3456
3457If you are using packed-pixel images (1, 2, or 4 bits/pixel), and you
3458need to change the order the pixels are packed into bytes, you can use:
3459
3460 if (bit_depth < 8)
3461 png_set_packswap(png_ptr);
3462
3463PNG files store 3 color pixels in red, green, blue order. This code
3464would be used if they are supplied as blue, green, red:
3465
3466 png_set_bgr(png_ptr);
3467
3468PNG files describe monochrome as black being zero and white being
3469one. This code would be used if the pixels are supplied with this reversed
3470(black being one and white being zero):
3471
3472 png_set_invert_mono(png_ptr);
3473
3474Finally, you can write your own transformation function if none of
3475the existing ones meets your needs. This is done by setting a callback
3476with
3477
3478 png_set_write_user_transform_fn(png_ptr,
3479 write_transform_fn);
3480
3481You must supply the function
3482
Glenn Randers-Pehrson93215672011-02-13 19:42:19 -06003483 void write_transform_fn(png_structp png_ptr, png_row_infop
3484 row_info, png_bytep data)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003485
3486See pngtest.c for a working example. Your function will be called
John Bowler0a5c9c02011-01-22 17:36:34 -06003487before any of the other transformations are processed. If supported
3488libpng also supplies an information routine that may be called from
3489your callback:
3490
3491 png_get_current_row_number(png_ptr);
John Bowlercd113452011-02-16 06:15:13 -06003492 png_get_current_pass_number(png_ptr);
John Bowler0a5c9c02011-01-22 17:36:34 -06003493
John Bowlercd113452011-02-16 06:15:13 -06003494This returns the current row passed to the transform. With interlaced
3495images the value returned is the row in the input sub-image image. Use
3496PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW(row, pass) and PNG_COL_FROM_PASS_COL(col, pass) to
3497find the output pixel (x,y) given an interlaced sub-image pixel (row,col,pass).
3498
3499The discussion of interlace handling above contains more information on how to
3500use these values.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003501
3502You can also set up a pointer to a user structure for use by your
3503callback function.
3504
3505 png_set_user_transform_info(png_ptr, user_ptr, 0, 0);
3506
3507The user_channels and user_depth parameters of this function are ignored
3508when writing; you can set them to zero as shown.
3509
3510You can retrieve the pointer via the function png_get_user_transform_ptr().
3511For example:
3512
3513 voidp write_user_transform_ptr =
3514 png_get_user_transform_ptr(png_ptr);
3515
3516It is possible to have libpng flush any pending output, either manually,
3517or automatically after a certain number of lines have been written. To
3518flush the output stream a single time call:
3519
3520 png_write_flush(png_ptr);
3521
3522and to have libpng flush the output stream periodically after a certain
3523number of scanlines have been written, call:
3524
3525 png_set_flush(png_ptr, nrows);
3526
3527Note that the distance between rows is from the last time png_write_flush()
3528was called, or the first row of the image if it has never been called.
3529So if you write 50 lines, and then png_set_flush 25, it will flush the
3530output on the next scanline, and every 25 lines thereafter, unless
3531png_write_flush() is called before 25 more lines have been written.
3532If nrows is too small (less than about 10 lines for a 640 pixel wide
3533RGB image) the image compression may decrease noticeably (although this
3534may be acceptable for real-time applications). Infrequent flushing will
3535only degrade the compression performance by a few percent over images
3536that do not use flushing.
3537
3538Writing the image data
3539
3540That's it for the transformations. Now you can write the image data.
3541The simplest way to do this is in one function call. If you have the
3542whole image in memory, you can just call png_write_image() and libpng
3543will write the image. You will need to pass in an array of pointers to
3544each row. This function automatically handles interlacing, so you don't
3545need to call png_set_interlace_handling() or call this function multiple
3546times, or any of that other stuff necessary with png_write_rows().
3547
3548 png_write_image(png_ptr, row_pointers);
3549
3550where row_pointers is:
3551
3552 png_byte *row_pointers[height];
3553
3554You can point to void or char or whatever you use for pixels.
3555
3556If you don't want to write the whole image at once, you can
3557use png_write_rows() instead. If the file is not interlaced,
3558this is simple:
3559
3560 png_write_rows(png_ptr, row_pointers,
3561 number_of_rows);
3562
3563row_pointers is the same as in the png_write_image() call.
3564
3565If you are just writing one row at a time, you can do this with
3566a single row_pointer instead of an array of row_pointers:
3567
3568 png_bytep row_pointer = row;
3569
3570 png_write_row(png_ptr, row_pointer);
3571
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonf210a052009-11-12 10:02:24 -06003572When the file is interlaced, things can get a good deal more complicated.
3573The only currently (as of the PNG Specification version 1.2, dated July
35741999) defined interlacing scheme for PNG files is the "Adam7" interlace
3575scheme, that breaks down an image into seven smaller images of varying
3576size. libpng will build these images for you, or you can do them
3577yourself. If you want to build them yourself, see the PNG specification
3578for details of which pixels to write when.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003579
3580If you don't want libpng to handle the interlacing details, just
3581use png_set_interlace_handling() and call png_write_rows() the
John Bowler660c6e42010-12-19 06:22:23 -06003582correct number of times to write all the sub-images
3583(png_set_interlace_handling() returns the number of sub-images.)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003584
3585If you want libpng to build the sub-images, call this before you start
3586writing any rows:
3587
John Bowler660c6e42010-12-19 06:22:23 -06003588 number_of_passes = png_set_interlace_handling(png_ptr);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003589
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonf210a052009-11-12 10:02:24 -06003590This will return the number of passes needed. Currently, this is seven,
3591but may change if another interlace type is added.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003592
3593Then write the complete image number_of_passes times.
3594
John Bowler660c6e42010-12-19 06:22:23 -06003595 png_write_rows(png_ptr, row_pointers, number_of_rows);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003596
John Bowler660c6e42010-12-19 06:22:23 -06003597Think carefully before you write an interlaced image. Typically code that
3598reads such images reads all the image data into memory, uncompressed, before
3599doing any processing. Only code that can display an image on the fly can
3600take advantage of the interlacing and even then the image has to be exactly
3601the correct size for the output device, because scaling an image requires
3602adjacent pixels and these are not available until all the passes have been
3603read.
3604
3605If you do write an interlaced image you will hardly ever need to handle
3606the interlacing yourself. Call png_set_interlace_handling() and use the
3607approach described above.
3608
3609The only time it is conceivable that you will really need to write an
3610interlaced image pass-by-pass is when you have read one pass by pass and
3611made some pixel-by-pixel transformation to it, as described in the read
3612code above. In this case use the PNG_PASS_ROWS and PNG_PASS_COLS macros
3613to determine the size of each sub-image in turn and simply write the rows
3614you obtained from the read code.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003615
3616Finishing a sequential write
3617
3618After you are finished writing the image, you should finish writing
3619the file. If you are interested in writing comments or time, you should
3620pass an appropriately filled png_info pointer. If you are not interested,
3621you can pass NULL.
3622
3623 png_write_end(png_ptr, info_ptr);
3624
3625When you are done, you can free all memory used by libpng like this:
3626
3627 png_destroy_write_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr);
3628
3629It is also possible to individually free the info_ptr members that
3630point to libpng-allocated storage with the following function:
3631
3632 png_free_data(png_ptr, info_ptr, mask, seq)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003633
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003634 mask - identifies data to be freed, a mask
3635 containing the bitwise OR of one or
3636 more of
3637 PNG_FREE_PLTE, PNG_FREE_TRNS,
3638 PNG_FREE_HIST, PNG_FREE_ICCP,
3639 PNG_FREE_PCAL, PNG_FREE_ROWS,
3640 PNG_FREE_SCAL, PNG_FREE_SPLT,
3641 PNG_FREE_TEXT, PNG_FREE_UNKN,
3642 or simply PNG_FREE_ALL
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003643
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003644 seq - sequence number of item to be freed
3645 (-1 for all items)
3646
3647This function may be safely called when the relevant storage has
3648already been freed, or has not yet been allocated, or was allocated
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonf210a052009-11-12 10:02:24 -06003649by the user and not by libpng, and will in those cases do nothing.
3650The "seq" parameter is ignored if only one item of the selected data
3651type, such as PLTE, is allowed. If "seq" is not -1, and multiple items
3652are allowed for the data type identified in the mask, such as text or
3653sPLT, only the n'th item in the structure is freed, where n is "seq".
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003654
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonf210a052009-11-12 10:02:24 -06003655If you allocated data such as a palette that you passed in to libpng
3656with png_set_*, you must not free it until just before the call to
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003657png_destroy_write_struct().
3658
3659The default behavior is only to free data that was allocated internally
3660by libpng. This can be changed, so that libpng will not free the data,
3661or so that it will free data that was allocated by the user with png_malloc()
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06003662or png_calloc() and passed in via a png_set_*() function, with
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003663
3664 png_data_freer(png_ptr, info_ptr, freer, mask)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003665
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003666 freer - one of
3667 PNG_DESTROY_WILL_FREE_DATA
3668 PNG_SET_WILL_FREE_DATA
3669 PNG_USER_WILL_FREE_DATA
3670
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003671 mask - which data elements are affected
3672 same choices as in png_free_data()
3673
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003674For example, to transfer responsibility for some data from a read structure
3675to a write structure, you could use
3676
3677 png_data_freer(read_ptr, read_info_ptr,
3678 PNG_USER_WILL_FREE_DATA,
3679 PNG_FREE_PLTE|PNG_FREE_tRNS|PNG_FREE_hIST)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003680
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003681 png_data_freer(write_ptr, write_info_ptr,
3682 PNG_DESTROY_WILL_FREE_DATA,
3683 PNG_FREE_PLTE|PNG_FREE_tRNS|PNG_FREE_hIST)
3684
3685thereby briefly reassigning responsibility for freeing to the user but
3686immediately afterwards reassigning it once more to the write_destroy
3687function. Having done this, it would then be safe to destroy the read
3688structure and continue to use the PLTE, tRNS, and hIST data in the write
3689structure.
3690
3691This function only affects data that has already been allocated.
3692You can call this function before calling after the png_set_*() functions
3693to control whether the user or png_destroy_*() is supposed to free the data.
3694When the user assumes responsibility for libpng-allocated data, the
3695application must use
3696png_free() to free it, and when the user transfers responsibility to libpng
3697for data that the user has allocated, the user must have used png_malloc()
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06003698or png_calloc() to allocate it.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003699
3700If you allocated text_ptr.text, text_ptr.lang, and text_ptr.translated_keyword
3701separately, do not transfer responsibility for freeing text_ptr to libpng,
3702because when libpng fills a png_text structure it combines these members with
3703the key member, and png_free_data() will free only text_ptr.key. Similarly,
3704if you transfer responsibility for free'ing text_ptr from libpng to your
3705application, your application must not separately free those members.
3706For a more compact example of writing a PNG image, see the file example.c.
3707
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06003708V. Simplified API
3709
3710The simplified API, which became available in libpng-1.6.0, hides the details
3711of both libpng and the PNG file format itself.
3712It allows PNG files to be read into a very limited number of
3713in-memory bitmap formats or to be written from the same formats. If these
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7017c402014-03-16 20:29:11 -05003714formats do not accommodate your needs then you can, and should, use the more
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06003715sophisticated APIs above - these support a wide variety of in-memory formats
3716and a wide variety of sophisticated transformations to those formats as well
3717as a wide variety of APIs to manipulate ancilliary information.
3718
3719To read a PNG file using the simplified API:
3720
3721 1) Declare a 'png_image' structure (see below) on the
3722 stack and memset() it to all zero.
3723
3724 2) Call the appropriate png_image_begin_read... function.
3725
3726 3) Set the png_image 'format' member to the required
3727 format and allocate a buffer for the image.
3728
3729 4) Call png_image_finish_read to read the image into
3730 your buffer.
3731
3732There are no restrictions on the format of the PNG input itself; all valid
3733color types, bit depths, and interlace methods are acceptable, and the
3734input image is transformed as necessary to the requested in-memory format
3735during the png_image_finish_read() step.
3736
3737To write a PNG file using the simplified API:
3738
3739 1) Declare a 'png_image' structure on the stack and memset()
3740 it to all zero.
3741
3742 2) Initialize the members of the structure that describe the
3743 image, setting the 'format' member to the format of the
3744 image in memory.
3745
3746 3) Call the appropriate png_image_write... function with a
3747 pointer to the image to write the PNG data.
3748
3749png_image is a structure that describes the in-memory format of an image
3750when it is being read or define the in-memory format of an image that you
3751need to write. The "png_image" structure contains the following members:
3752
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06003753 png_uint_32 version Set to PNG_IMAGE_VERSION
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06003754 png_uint_32 width Image width in pixels (columns)
3755 png_uint_32 height Image height in pixels (rows)
3756 png_uint_32 format Image format as defined below
3757 png_uint_32 flags A bit mask containing informational flags
3758 png_controlp opaque Initialize to NULL, free with png_image_free
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06003759 png_uint_32 colormap_entries; Number of entries in the color-map
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06003760 png_uint_32 warning_or_error;
3761 char message[64];
3762
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06003763In the event of an error or warning the following field warning_or_error
3764field will be set to a non-zero value and the 'message' field will contain
3765a '\0' terminated string with the libpng error or warning message. If both
3766warnings and an error were encountered, only the error is recorded. If there
3767are multiple warnings, only the first one is recorded.
3768
3769The upper 30 bits of this value are reserved; the low two bits contain
3770a two bit code such that a value more than 1 indicates a failure in the API
3771just called:
3772
3773 0 - no warning or error
3774 1 - warning
3775 2 - error
3776 3 - error preceded by warning
3777
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06003778The pixels (samples) of the image have one to four channels whose components
3779have original values in the range 0 to 1.0:
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06003780
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06003781 1: A single gray or luminance channel (G).
3782 2: A gray/luminance channel and an alpha channel (GA).
3783 3: Three red, green, blue color channels (RGB).
3784 4: Three color channels and an alpha channel (RGBA).
3785
3786The channels are encoded in one of two ways:
3787
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06003788 a) As a small integer, value 0..255, contained in a single byte. For the
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06003789alpha channel the original value is simply value/255. For the color or
3790luminance channels the value is encoded according to the sRGB specification
3791and matches the 8-bit format expected by typical display devices.
3792
3793The color/gray channels are not scaled (pre-multiplied) by the alpha
3794channel and are suitable for passing to color management software.
3795
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7017c402014-03-16 20:29:11 -05003796 b) As a value in the range 0..65535, contained in a 2-byte integer, in
3797the native byte order of the platform on which the application is running.
3798All channels can be converted to the original value by dividing by 65535; all
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06003799channels are linear. Color channels use the RGB encoding (RGB end-points) of
3800the sRGB specification. This encoding is identified by the
3801PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_LINEAR flag below.
3802
3803When an alpha channel is present it is expected to denote pixel coverage
3804of the color or luminance channels and is returned as an associated alpha
3805channel: the color/gray channels are scaled (pre-multiplied) by the alpha
3806value.
3807
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06003808When a color-mapped image is used as a result of calling
3809png_image_read_colormap or png_image_write_colormap the channels are encoded
3810in the color-map and the descriptions above apply to the color-map entries.
3811The image data is encoded as small integers, value 0..255, that index the
3812entries in the color-map. One integer (one byte) is stored for each pixel.
3813
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06003814PNG_FORMAT_*
3815
3816The #defines to be used in png_image::format. Each #define identifies a
3817particular layout of channel data and, if present, alpha values. There are
3818separate defines for each of the two channel encodings.
3819
3820A format is built up using single bit flag values. Not all combinations are
3821valid: use the bit flag values below for testing a format returned by the
3822read APIs, but set formats from the derived values.
3823
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06003824When reading or writing color-mapped images the format should be set to the
3825format of the entries in the color-map then png_image_{read,write}_colormap
3826called to read or write the color-map and set the format correctly for the
3827image data. Do not set the PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP bit directly!
3828
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06003829NOTE: libpng can be built with particular features disabled, if you see
3830compiler errors because the definition of one of the following flags has been
3831compiled out it is because libpng does not have the required support. It is
3832possible, however, for the libpng configuration to enable the format on just
3833read or just write; in that case you may see an error at run time. You can
3834guard against this by checking for the definition of:
3835
3836 PNG_SIMPLIFIED_{READ,WRITE}_{BGR,AFIRST}_SUPPORTED
3837
3838 PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_ALPHA 0x01 format with an alpha channel
3839 PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLOR 0x02 color format: otherwise grayscale
3840 PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_LINEAR 0x04 png_uint_16 channels else png_byte
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06003841 PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP 0x08 libpng use only
3842 PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_BGR 0x10 BGR colors, else order is RGB
3843 PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_AFIRST 0x20 alpha channel comes first
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06003844
3845Supported formats are as follows. Future versions of libpng may support more
3846formats; for compatibility with older versions simply check if the format
3847macro is defined using #ifdef. These defines describe the in-memory layout
3848of the components of the pixels of the image.
3849
3850First the single byte formats:
3851
3852 PNG_FORMAT_GRAY 0
3853 PNG_FORMAT_GA PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_ALPHA
3854 PNG_FORMAT_AG (PNG_FORMAT_GA|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_AFIRST)
3855 PNG_FORMAT_RGB PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLOR
3856 PNG_FORMAT_BGR (PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLOR|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_BGR)
3857 PNG_FORMAT_RGBA (PNG_FORMAT_RGB|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_ALPHA)
3858 PNG_FORMAT_ARGB (PNG_FORMAT_RGBA|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_AFIRST)
3859 PNG_FORMAT_BGRA (PNG_FORMAT_BGR|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_ALPHA)
3860 PNG_FORMAT_ABGR (PNG_FORMAT_BGRA|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_AFIRST)
3861
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06003862Then the linear 2-byte formats. When naming these "Y" is used to
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06003863indicate a luminance (gray) channel. The component order within the pixel
3864is always the same - there is no provision for swapping the order of the
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7017c402014-03-16 20:29:11 -05003865components in the linear format. The components are 16-bit integers in
3866the native byte order for your platform, and there is no provision for
3867swapping the bytes to a different endian condition.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06003868
3869 PNG_FORMAT_LINEAR_Y PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_LINEAR
3870 PNG_FORMAT_LINEAR_Y_ALPHA
3871 (PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_LINEAR|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_ALPHA)
3872 PNG_FORMAT_LINEAR_RGB
3873 (PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_LINEAR|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLOR)
3874 PNG_FORMAT_LINEAR_RGB_ALPHA
3875 (PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_LINEAR|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLOR|
3876 PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_ALPHA)
3877
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06003878Color-mapped formats are obtained by calling png_image_{read,write}_colormap,
3879as appropriate after setting png_image::format to the format of the color-map
3880to be read or written. Applications may check the value of
3881PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP to see if they have called the colormap API. The
3882format of the color-map may be extracted using the following macro.
3883
3884 PNG_FORMAT_OF_COLORMAP(fmt) ((fmt) & ~PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP)
3885
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06003886PNG_IMAGE macros
3887
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06003888These are convenience macros to derive information from a png_image
3889structure. The PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_ macros return values appropriate to the
3890actual image sample values - either the entries in the color-map or the
3891pixels in the image. The PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_ macros return corresponding values
3892for the pixels and will always return 1 after a call to
3893png_image_{read,write}_colormap. The remaining macros return information
3894about the rows in the image and the complete image.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06003895
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06003896NOTE: All the macros that take a png_image::format parameter are compile time
3897constants if the format parameter is, itself, a constant. Therefore these
3898macros can be used in array declarations and case labels where required.
3899Similarly the macros are also pre-processor constants (sizeof is not used) so
3900they can be used in #if tests.
3901
3902First the information about the samples.
3903
3904 PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_CHANNELS(fmt)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06003905 Returns the total number of channels in a given format: 1..4
3906
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06003907 PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_COMPONENT_SIZE(fmt)
3908 Returns the size in bytes of a single component of a pixel or color-map
3909 entry (as appropriate) in the image.
3910
3911 PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_SIZE(fmt)
3912 This is the size of the sample data for one sample. If the image is
3913 color-mapped it is the size of one color-map entry (and image pixels are
3914 one byte in size), otherwise it is the size of one image pixel.
3915
3916 PNG_IMAGE_COLORMAP_SIZE(fmt)
3917 The size of the color-map required by the format; this is the size of the
3918 color-map buffer passed to the png_image_{read,write}_colormap APIs, it is
3919 a fixed number determined by the format so can easily be allocated on the
3920 stack if necessary.
3921
3922#define PNG_IMAGE_MAXIMUM_COLORMAP_COMPONENTS(fmt)\
3923 (PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_CHANNELS(fmt) * 256)
3924 /* The maximum size of the color-map required by the format expressed in a
3925 * count of components. This can be used to compile-time allocate a
3926 * color-map:
3927 *
3928 * png_uint_16 colormap[PNG_IMAGE_MAXIMUM_COLORMAP_COMPONENTS(linear_fmt)];
3929 *
3930 * png_byte colormap[PNG_IMAGE_MAXIMUM_COLORMAP_COMPONENTS(sRGB_fmt)];
3931 *
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7017c402014-03-16 20:29:11 -05003932 * Alternatively, use the PNG_IMAGE_COLORMAP_SIZE macro below to use the
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06003933 * information from one of the png_image_begin_read_ APIs and dynamically
3934 * allocate the required memory.
3935 */
3936
3937
3938Corresponding information about the pixels
3939
3940 PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_(test,fmt)
3941
3942 PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_CHANNELS(fmt)
3943 The number of separate channels (components) in a pixel; 1 for a
3944 color-mapped image.
3945
3946 PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_COMPONENT_SIZE(fmt)\
3947 The size, in bytes, of each component in a pixel; 1 for a color-mapped
3948 image.
John Bowler6f237b62012-03-02 13:13:15 -06003949
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06003950 PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_SIZE(fmt)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06003951 The size, in bytes, of a complete pixel; 1 for a color-mapped image.
3952
3953Information about the whole row, or whole image
3954
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06003955 PNG_IMAGE_ROW_STRIDE(image)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06003956 Returns the total number of components in a single row of the image; this
3957 is the minimum 'row stride', the minimum count of components between each
3958 row. For a color-mapped image this is the minimum number of bytes in a
3959 row.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06003960
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7017c402014-03-16 20:29:11 -05003961 If you need the stride measured in bytes, row_stride_bytes is
3962 PNG_IMAGE_ROW_STRIDE(image) * PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_COMPONENT_SIZE(fmt)
3963 plus any padding bytes that your application might need, for example
3964 to start the next row on a 4-byte boundary.
3965
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06003966 PNG_IMAGE_BUFFER_SIZE(image, row_stride)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06003967 Returns the size, in bytes, of an image buffer given a png_image and a row
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7017c402014-03-16 20:29:11 -05003968 stride - the number of components to leave space for in each row. This
3969 macro takes care of multiplying row_stride by PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_COMONENT_SIZE
3970 when the image has 2-byte components.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06003971
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06003972 PNG_IMAGE_FLAG_COLORSPACE_NOT_sRGB == 0x01
3973 This indicates the the RGB values of the in-memory bitmap do not
3974 correspond to the red, green and blue end-points defined by sRGB.
John Bowler6f237b62012-03-02 13:13:15 -06003975
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06003976 PNG_IMAGE_FLAG_COLORMAP == 0x02
3977 The PNG is color-mapped. If this flag is set png_image_read_colormap
3978 can be used without further loss of image information. If it is not set
3979 png_image_read_colormap will cause significant loss if the image has any
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06003980
3981READ APIs
3982
3983 The png_image passed to the read APIs must have been initialized by setting
3984 the png_controlp field 'opaque' to NULL (or, better, memset the whole thing.)
3985
3986 int png_image_begin_read_from_file( png_imagep image,
3987 const char *file_name)
3988
3989 The named file is opened for read and the image header
3990 is filled in from the PNG header in the file.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06003991
3992 int png_image_begin_read_from_stdio (png_imagep image,
3993 FILE* file)
3994
3995 The PNG header is read from the stdio FILE object.
3996
3997 int png_image_begin_read_from_memory(png_imagep image,
3998 png_const_voidp memory, png_size_t size)
3999
4000 The PNG header is read from the given memory buffer.
4001
4002 int png_image_finish_read(png_imagep image,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06004003 png_colorp background, void *buffer,
4004 png_int_32 row_stride, void *colormap));
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06004005
4006 Finish reading the image into the supplied buffer and
4007 clean up the png_image structure.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06004008
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06004009 row_stride is the step, in png_byte or png_uint_16 units
4010 as appropriate, between adjacent rows. A positive stride
4011 indicates that the top-most row is first in the buffer -
4012 the normal top-down arrangement. A negative stride
4013 indicates that the bottom-most row is first in the buffer.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06004014
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06004015 background need only be supplied if an alpha channel must
4016 be removed from a png_byte format and the removal is to be
4017 done by compositing on a solid color; otherwise it may be
4018 NULL and any composition will be done directly onto the
4019 buffer. The value is an sRGB color to use for the
4020 background, for grayscale output the green channel is used.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06004021
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06004022 For linear output removing the alpha channel is always done
4023 by compositing on black.
4024
4025 void png_image_free(png_imagep image)
4026
4027 Free any data allocated by libpng in image->opaque,
4028 setting the pointer to NULL. May be called at any time
4029 after the structure is initialized.
4030
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06004031When the simplified API needs to convert between sRGB and linear colorspaces,
4032the actual sRGB transfer curve defined in the sRGB specification (see the
4033article at http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRGB) is used, not the gamma=1/2.2
4034approximation used elsewhere in libpng.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06004035
4036WRITE APIS
4037
4038For write you must initialize a png_image structure to describe the image to
4039be written:
4040
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06004041 version: must be set to PNG_IMAGE_VERSION
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06004042 opaque: must be initialized to NULL
4043 width: image width in pixels
4044 height: image height in rows
4045 format: the format of the data you wish to write
4046 flags: set to 0 unless one of the defined flags applies; set
4047 PNG_IMAGE_FLAG_COLORSPACE_NOT_sRGB for color format images
4048 where the RGB values do not correspond to the colors in sRGB.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06004049 colormap_entries: set to the number of entries in the color-map (0 to 256)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06004050
4051 int png_image_write_to_file, (png_imagep image,
4052 const char *file, int convert_to_8bit, const void *buffer,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06004053 png_int_32 row_stride, const void *colormap));
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06004054
4055 Write the image to the named file.
4056
4057 int png_image_write_to_stdio(png_imagep image, FILE *file,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06004058 int convert_to_8_bit, const void *buffer,
4059 png_int_32 row_stride, const void *colormap)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06004060
4061 Write the image to the given (FILE*).
4062
4063With all write APIs if image is in one of the linear formats with
4064(png_uint_16) data then setting convert_to_8_bit will cause the output to be
4065a (png_byte) PNG gamma encoded according to the sRGB specification, otherwise
4066a 16-bit linear encoded PNG file is written.
4067
4068With all APIs row_stride is handled as in the read APIs - it is the spacing
4069from one row to the next in component sized units (float) and if negative
4070indicates a bottom-up row layout in the buffer.
4071
4072Note that the write API does not support interlacing, sub-8-bit pixels,
4073and indexed (paletted) images.
4074
4075VI. Modifying/Customizing libpng
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004076
4077There are two issues here. The first is changing how libpng does
4078standard things like memory allocation, input/output, and error handling.
4079The second deals with more complicated things like adding new chunks,
4080adding new transformations, and generally changing how libpng works.
4081Both of those are compile-time issues; that is, they are generally
4082determined at the time the code is written, and there is rarely a need
4083to provide the user with a means of changing them.
4084
4085Memory allocation, input/output, and error handling
4086
4087All of the memory allocation, input/output, and error handling in libpng
4088goes through callbacks that are user-settable. The default routines are
4089in pngmem.c, pngrio.c, pngwio.c, and pngerror.c, respectively. To change
4090these functions, call the appropriate png_set_*_fn() function.
4091
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonf210a052009-11-12 10:02:24 -06004092Memory allocation is done through the functions png_malloc(), png_calloc(),
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06004093and png_free(). The png_malloc() and png_free() functions currently just
4094call the standard C functions and png_calloc() calls png_malloc() and then
4095clears the newly allocated memory to zero; note that png_calloc(png_ptr, size)
4096is not the same as the calloc(number, size) function provided by stdlib.h.
4097There is limited support for certain systems with segmented memory
4098architectures and the types of pointers declared by png.h match this; you
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7017c402014-03-16 20:29:11 -05004099will have to use appropriate pointers in your application. If you prefer
4100to use a different method of allocating and freeing data, you can use
4101png_create_read_struct_2() or png_create_write_struct_2() to register your
4102own functions as described above. These functions also provide a void
4103pointer that can be retrieved via
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004104
4105 mem_ptr=png_get_mem_ptr(png_ptr);
4106
4107Your replacement memory functions must have prototypes as follows:
4108
4109 png_voidp malloc_fn(png_structp png_ptr,
Glenn Randers-Pehrsone3f3c4e2010-02-07 18:08:50 -06004110 png_alloc_size_t size);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06004111
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004112 void free_fn(png_structp png_ptr, png_voidp ptr);
4113
4114Your malloc_fn() must return NULL in case of failure. The png_malloc()
4115function will normally call png_error() if it receives a NULL from the
4116system memory allocator or from your replacement malloc_fn().
4117
4118Your free_fn() will never be called with a NULL ptr, since libpng's
4119png_free() checks for NULL before calling free_fn().
4120
4121Input/Output in libpng is done through png_read() and png_write(),
4122which currently just call fread() and fwrite(). The FILE * is stored in
4123png_struct and is initialized via png_init_io(). If you wish to change
4124the method of I/O, the library supplies callbacks that you can set
4125through the function png_set_read_fn() and png_set_write_fn() at run
4126time, instead of calling the png_init_io() function. These functions
4127also provide a void pointer that can be retrieved via the function
4128png_get_io_ptr(). For example:
4129
4130 png_set_read_fn(png_structp read_ptr,
4131 voidp read_io_ptr, png_rw_ptr read_data_fn)
4132
4133 png_set_write_fn(png_structp write_ptr,
4134 voidp write_io_ptr, png_rw_ptr write_data_fn,
4135 png_flush_ptr output_flush_fn);
4136
4137 voidp read_io_ptr = png_get_io_ptr(read_ptr);
4138 voidp write_io_ptr = png_get_io_ptr(write_ptr);
4139
4140The replacement I/O functions must have prototypes as follows:
4141
4142 void user_read_data(png_structp png_ptr,
4143 png_bytep data, png_size_t length);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06004144
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004145 void user_write_data(png_structp png_ptr,
4146 png_bytep data, png_size_t length);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06004147
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004148 void user_flush_data(png_structp png_ptr);
4149
4150The user_read_data() function is responsible for detecting and
4151handling end-of-data errors.
4152
4153Supplying NULL for the read, write, or flush functions sets them back
4154to using the default C stream functions, which expect the io_ptr to
4155point to a standard *FILE structure. It is probably a mistake
4156to use NULL for one of write_data_fn and output_flush_fn but not both
4157of them, unless you have built libpng with PNG_NO_WRITE_FLUSH defined.
4158It is an error to read from a write stream, and vice versa.
4159
4160Error handling in libpng is done through png_error() and png_warning().
4161Errors handled through png_error() are fatal, meaning that png_error()
4162should never return to its caller. Currently, this is handled via
4163setjmp() and longjmp() (unless you have compiled libpng with
Glenn Randers-Pehrson54ac9a92010-04-02 17:06:22 -05004164PNG_NO_SETJMP, in which case it is handled via PNG_ABORT()),
Glenn Randers-Pehrson60988072010-04-13 22:11:06 -05004165but you could change this to do things like exit() if you should wish,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson54ac9a92010-04-02 17:06:22 -05004166as long as your function does not return.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004167
4168On non-fatal errors, png_warning() is called
4169to print a warning message, and then control returns to the calling code.
4170By default png_error() and png_warning() print a message on stderr via
4171fprintf() unless the library is compiled with PNG_NO_CONSOLE_IO defined
4172(because you don't want the messages) or PNG_NO_STDIO defined (because
4173fprintf() isn't available). If you wish to change the behavior of the error
4174functions, you will need to set up your own message callbacks. These
4175functions are normally supplied at the time that the png_struct is created.
4176It is also possible to redirect errors and warnings to your own replacement
4177functions after png_create_*_struct() has been called by calling:
4178
4179 png_set_error_fn(png_structp png_ptr,
4180 png_voidp error_ptr, png_error_ptr error_fn,
4181 png_error_ptr warning_fn);
4182
4183 png_voidp error_ptr = png_get_error_ptr(png_ptr);
4184
4185If NULL is supplied for either error_fn or warning_fn, then the libpng
4186default function will be used, calling fprintf() and/or longjmp() if a
4187problem is encountered. The replacement error functions should have
4188parameters as follows:
4189
4190 void user_error_fn(png_structp png_ptr,
4191 png_const_charp error_msg);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06004192
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004193 void user_warning_fn(png_structp png_ptr,
4194 png_const_charp warning_msg);
4195
4196The motivation behind using setjmp() and longjmp() is the C++ throw and
4197catch exception handling methods. This makes the code much easier to write,
4198as there is no need to check every return code of every function call.
4199However, there are some uncertainties about the status of local variables
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonf210a052009-11-12 10:02:24 -06004200after a longjmp, so the user may want to be careful about doing anything
4201after setjmp returns non-zero besides returning itself. Consult your
4202compiler documentation for more details. For an alternative approach, you
Glenn Randers-Pehrsona5e55472011-07-12 10:13:32 -05004203may wish to use the "cexcept" facility (see http://cexcept.sourceforge.net),
4204which is illustrated in pngvalid.c and in contrib/visupng.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004205
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06004206Beginning in libpng-1.4.0, the png_set_benign_errors() API became available.
4207You can use this to handle certain errors (normally handled as errors)
4208as warnings.
4209
4210 png_set_benign_errors (png_ptr, int allowed);
4211
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7017c402014-03-16 20:29:11 -05004212 allowed: 0: treat png_benign_error() as an error.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06004213 1: treat png_benign_error() as a warning.
4214
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7017c402014-03-16 20:29:11 -05004215As of libpng-1.6.0, the default condition is to treat benign errors as
4216warnings while reading and as errors while writing.
4217
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004218Custom chunks
4219
4220If you need to read or write custom chunks, you may need to get deeper
4221into the libpng code. The library now has mechanisms for storing
4222and writing chunks of unknown type; you can even declare callbacks
4223for custom chunks. However, this may not be good enough if the
4224library code itself needs to know about interactions between your
4225chunk and existing `intrinsic' chunks.
4226
4227If you need to write a new intrinsic chunk, first read the PNG
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonf210a052009-11-12 10:02:24 -06004228specification. Acquire a first level of understanding of how it works.
4229Pay particular attention to the sections that describe chunk names,
4230and look at how other chunks were designed, so you can do things
4231similarly. Second, check out the sections of libpng that read and
4232write chunks. Try to find a chunk that is similar to yours and use
4233it as a template. More details can be found in the comments inside
Glenn Randers-Pehrsona5e55472011-07-12 10:13:32 -05004234the code. It is best to handle private or unknown chunks in a generic method,
4235via callback functions, instead of by modifying libpng functions. This
4236is illustrated in pngtest.c, which uses a callback function to handle a
4237private "vpAg" chunk and the new "sTER" chunk, which are both unknown to
4238libpng.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004239
4240If you wish to write your own transformation for the data, look through
4241the part of the code that does the transformations, and check out some of
4242the simpler ones to get an idea of how they work. Try to find a similar
4243transformation to the one you want to add and copy off of it. More details
4244can be found in the comments inside the code itself.
4245
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004246Configuring for gui/windowing platforms:
4247
4248You will need to write new error and warning functions that use the GUI
4249interface, as described previously, and set them to be the error and
4250warning functions at the time that png_create_*_struct() is called,
4251in order to have them available during the structure initialization.
4252They can be changed later via png_set_error_fn(). On some compilers,
4253you may also have to change the memory allocators (png_malloc, etc.).
4254
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004255Configuring zlib:
4256
4257There are special functions to configure the compression. Perhaps the
4258most useful one changes the compression level, which currently uses
4259input compression values in the range 0 - 9. The library normally
4260uses the default compression level (Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION = 6). Tests
4261have shown that for a large majority of images, compression values in
4262the range 3-6 compress nearly as well as higher levels, and do so much
4263faster. For online applications it may be desirable to have maximum speed
4264(Z_BEST_SPEED = 1). With versions of zlib after v0.99, you can also
4265specify no compression (Z_NO_COMPRESSION = 0), but this would create
4266files larger than just storing the raw bitmap. You can specify the
4267compression level by calling:
4268
Glenn Randers-Pehrson38734ee2011-03-03 06:23:31 -06004269 #include zlib.h
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004270 png_set_compression_level(png_ptr, level);
4271
4272Another useful one is to reduce the memory level used by the library.
4273The memory level defaults to 8, but it can be lowered if you are
4274short on memory (running DOS, for example, where you only have 640K).
4275Note that the memory level does have an effect on compression; among
4276other things, lower levels will result in sections of incompressible
4277data being emitted in smaller stored blocks, with a correspondingly
4278larger relative overhead of up to 15% in the worst case.
4279
Glenn Randers-Pehrson38734ee2011-03-03 06:23:31 -06004280 #include zlib.h
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004281 png_set_compression_mem_level(png_ptr, level);
4282
4283The other functions are for configuring zlib. They are not recommended
4284for normal use and may result in writing an invalid PNG file. See
4285zlib.h for more information on what these mean.
4286
Glenn Randers-Pehrson38734ee2011-03-03 06:23:31 -06004287 #include zlib.h
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004288 png_set_compression_strategy(png_ptr,
4289 strategy);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06004290
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004291 png_set_compression_window_bits(png_ptr,
4292 window_bits);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06004293
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004294 png_set_compression_method(png_ptr, method);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7a287242011-07-26 12:03:11 -05004295
Glenn Randers-Pehrson6b570f12014-03-25 10:31:12 -05004296This controls the size of the IDAT chunks (default 8192):
4297
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004298 png_set_compression_buffer_size(png_ptr, size);
4299
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7a287242011-07-26 12:03:11 -05004300As of libpng version 1.5.4, additional APIs became
4301available to set these separately for non-IDAT
4302compressed chunks such as zTXt, iTXt, and iCCP:
4303
4304 #include zlib.h
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06004305 #if PNG_LIBPNG_VER >= 10504
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7a287242011-07-26 12:03:11 -05004306 png_set_text_compression_level(png_ptr, level);
4307
4308 png_set_text_compression_mem_level(png_ptr, level);
4309
4310 png_set_text_compression_strategy(png_ptr,
4311 strategy);
4312
4313 png_set_text_compression_window_bits(png_ptr,
4314 window_bits);
4315
4316 png_set_text_compression_method(png_ptr, method);
4317 #endif
4318
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004319Controlling row filtering
4320
4321If you want to control whether libpng uses filtering or not, which
4322filters are used, and how it goes about picking row filters, you
4323can call one of these functions. The selection and configuration
4324of row filters can have a significant impact on the size and
4325encoding speed and a somewhat lesser impact on the decoding speed
4326of an image. Filtering is enabled by default for RGB and grayscale
4327images (with and without alpha), but not for paletted images nor
4328for any images with bit depths less than 8 bits/pixel.
4329
4330The 'method' parameter sets the main filtering method, which is
4331currently only '0' in the PNG 1.2 specification. The 'filters'
4332parameter sets which filter(s), if any, should be used for each
4333scanline. Possible values are PNG_ALL_FILTERS and PNG_NO_FILTERS
4334to turn filtering on and off, respectively.
4335
4336Individual filter types are PNG_FILTER_NONE, PNG_FILTER_SUB,
4337PNG_FILTER_UP, PNG_FILTER_AVG, PNG_FILTER_PAETH, which can be bitwise
4338ORed together with '|' to specify one or more filters to use.
4339These filters are described in more detail in the PNG specification.
4340If you intend to change the filter type during the course of writing
4341the image, you should start with flags set for all of the filters
4342you intend to use so that libpng can initialize its internal
4343structures appropriately for all of the filter types. (Note that this
4344means the first row must always be adaptively filtered, because libpng
4345currently does not allocate the filter buffers until png_write_row()
4346is called for the first time.)
4347
4348 filters = PNG_FILTER_NONE | PNG_FILTER_SUB
4349 PNG_FILTER_UP | PNG_FILTER_AVG |
4350 PNG_FILTER_PAETH | PNG_ALL_FILTERS;
4351
4352 png_set_filter(png_ptr, PNG_FILTER_TYPE_BASE,
4353 filters);
4354 The second parameter can also be
4355 PNG_INTRAPIXEL_DIFFERENCING if you are
4356 writing a PNG to be embedded in a MNG
4357 datastream. This parameter must be the
4358 same as the value of filter_method used
4359 in png_set_IHDR().
4360
4361It is also possible to influence how libpng chooses from among the
4362available filters. This is done in one or both of two ways - by
4363telling it how important it is to keep the same filter for successive
4364rows, and by telling it the relative computational costs of the filters.
4365
4366 double weights[3] = {1.5, 1.3, 1.1},
4367 costs[PNG_FILTER_VALUE_LAST] =
4368 {1.0, 1.3, 1.3, 1.5, 1.7};
4369
4370 png_set_filter_heuristics(png_ptr,
4371 PNG_FILTER_HEURISTIC_WEIGHTED, 3,
4372 weights, costs);
4373
4374The weights are multiplying factors that indicate to libpng that the
4375row filter should be the same for successive rows unless another row filter
4376is that many times better than the previous filter. In the above example,
4377if the previous 3 filters were SUB, SUB, NONE, the SUB filter could have a
4378"sum of absolute differences" 1.5 x 1.3 times higher than other filters
4379and still be chosen, while the NONE filter could have a sum 1.1 times
4380higher than other filters and still be chosen. Unspecified weights are
4381taken to be 1.0, and the specified weights should probably be declining
4382like those above in order to emphasize recent filters over older filters.
4383
4384The filter costs specify for each filter type a relative decoding cost
4385to be considered when selecting row filters. This means that filters
4386with higher costs are less likely to be chosen over filters with lower
4387costs, unless their "sum of absolute differences" is that much smaller.
4388The costs do not necessarily reflect the exact computational speeds of
4389the various filters, since this would unduly influence the final image
4390size.
4391
4392Note that the numbers above were invented purely for this example and
4393are given only to help explain the function usage. Little testing has
4394been done to find optimum values for either the costs or the weights.
4395
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004396Requesting debug printout
4397
4398The macro definition PNG_DEBUG can be used to request debugging
4399printout. Set it to an integer value in the range 0 to 3. Higher
4400numbers result in increasing amounts of debugging information. The
4401information is printed to the "stderr" file, unless another file
4402name is specified in the PNG_DEBUG_FILE macro definition.
4403
4404When PNG_DEBUG > 0, the following functions (macros) become available:
4405
4406 png_debug(level, message)
4407 png_debug1(level, message, p1)
4408 png_debug2(level, message, p1, p2)
4409
4410in which "level" is compared to PNG_DEBUG to decide whether to print
4411the message, "message" is the formatted string to be printed,
4412and p1 and p2 are parameters that are to be embedded in the string
4413according to printf-style formatting directives. For example,
4414
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7017c402014-03-16 20:29:11 -05004415 png_debug1(2, "foo=%d", foo);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004416
4417is expanded to
4418
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06004419 if (PNG_DEBUG > 2)
4420 fprintf(PNG_DEBUG_FILE, "foo=%d\n", foo);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004421
4422When PNG_DEBUG is defined but is zero, the macros aren't defined, but you
4423can still use PNG_DEBUG to control your own debugging:
4424
4425 #ifdef PNG_DEBUG
4426 fprintf(stderr, ...
4427 #endif
4428
4429When PNG_DEBUG = 1, the macros are defined, but only png_debug statements
4430having level = 0 will be printed. There aren't any such statements in
4431this version of libpng, but if you insert some they will be printed.
4432
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06004433VII. MNG support
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004434
4435The MNG specification (available at http://www.libpng.org/pub/mng) allows
4436certain extensions to PNG for PNG images that are embedded in MNG datastreams.
4437Libpng can support some of these extensions. To enable them, use the
4438png_permit_mng_features() function:
4439
4440 feature_set = png_permit_mng_features(png_ptr, mask)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06004441
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004442 mask is a png_uint_32 containing the bitwise OR of the
4443 features you want to enable. These include
4444 PNG_FLAG_MNG_EMPTY_PLTE
4445 PNG_FLAG_MNG_FILTER_64
4446 PNG_ALL_MNG_FEATURES
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06004447
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004448 feature_set is a png_uint_32 that is the bitwise AND of
4449 your mask with the set of MNG features that is
4450 supported by the version of libpng that you are using.
4451
4452It is an error to use this function when reading or writing a standalone
4453PNG file with the PNG 8-byte signature. The PNG datastream must be wrapped
4454in a MNG datastream. As a minimum, it must have the MNG 8-byte signature
4455and the MHDR and MEND chunks. Libpng does not provide support for these
4456or any other MNG chunks; your application must provide its own support for
4457them. You may wish to consider using libmng (available at
4458http://www.libmng.com) instead.
4459
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06004460VIII. Changes to Libpng from version 0.88
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004461
4462It should be noted that versions of libpng later than 0.96 are not
4463distributed by the original libpng author, Guy Schalnat, nor by
4464Andreas Dilger, who had taken over from Guy during 1996 and 1997, and
4465distributed versions 0.89 through 0.96, but rather by another member
4466of the original PNG Group, Glenn Randers-Pehrson. Guy and Andreas are
4467still alive and well, but they have moved on to other things.
4468
4469The old libpng functions png_read_init(), png_write_init(),
4470png_info_init(), png_read_destroy(), and png_write_destroy() have been
4471moved to PNG_INTERNAL in version 0.95 to discourage their use. These
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06004472functions will be removed from libpng version 1.4.0.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004473
4474The preferred method of creating and initializing the libpng structures is
4475via the png_create_read_struct(), png_create_write_struct(), and
4476png_create_info_struct() because they isolate the size of the structures
4477from the application, allow version error checking, and also allow the
4478use of custom error handling routines during the initialization, which
4479the old functions do not. The functions png_read_destroy() and
4480png_write_destroy() do not actually free the memory that libpng
4481allocated for these structs, but just reset the data structures, so they
4482can be used instead of png_destroy_read_struct() and
4483png_destroy_write_struct() if you feel there is too much system overhead
4484allocating and freeing the png_struct for each image read.
4485
4486Setting the error callbacks via png_set_message_fn() before
4487png_read_init() as was suggested in libpng-0.88 is no longer supported
4488because this caused applications that do not use custom error functions
4489to fail if the png_ptr was not initialized to zero. It is still possible
4490to set the error callbacks AFTER png_read_init(), or to change them with
4491png_set_error_fn(), which is essentially the same function, but with a new
4492name to force compilation errors with applications that try to use the old
4493method.
4494
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7017c402014-03-16 20:29:11 -05004495Support for the sCAL, iCCP, iTXt, and sPLT chunks was added at libpng-1.0.6;
4496however, iTXt support was not enabled by default.
4497
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004498Starting with version 1.0.7, you can find out which version of the library
4499you are using at run-time:
4500
4501 png_uint_32 libpng_vn = png_access_version_number();
4502
4503The number libpng_vn is constructed from the major version, minor
4504version with leading zero, and release number with leading zero,
4505(e.g., libpng_vn for version 1.0.7 is 10007).
4506
Glenn Randers-Pehrson95ba4172011-09-08 12:21:42 -05004507Note that this function does not take a png_ptr, so you can call it
4508before you've created one.
4509
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004510You can also check which version of png.h you used when compiling your
4511application:
4512
4513 png_uint_32 application_vn = PNG_LIBPNG_VER;
4514
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06004515IX. Changes to Libpng from version 1.0.x to 1.2.x
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004516
4517Support for user memory management was enabled by default. To
4518accomplish this, the functions png_create_read_struct_2(),
4519png_create_write_struct_2(), png_set_mem_fn(), png_get_mem_ptr(),
4520png_malloc_default(), and png_free_default() were added.
4521
Glenn Randers-Pehrsond6ea40a2009-11-02 07:32:00 -06004522Support for the iTXt chunk has been enabled by default as of
4523version 1.2.41.
4524
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004525Support for certain MNG features was enabled.
4526
4527Support for numbered error messages was added. However, we never got
4528around to actually numbering the error messages. The function
4529png_set_strip_error_numbers() was added (Note: the prototype for this
4530function was inadvertently removed from png.h in PNG_NO_ASSEMBLER_CODE
4531builds of libpng-1.2.15. It was restored in libpng-1.2.36).
4532
4533The png_malloc_warn() function was added at libpng-1.2.3. This issues
4534a png_warning and returns NULL instead of aborting when it fails to
4535acquire the requested memory allocation.
4536
4537Support for setting user limits on image width and height was enabled
4538by default. The functions png_set_user_limits(), png_get_user_width_max(),
4539and png_get_user_height_max() were added at libpng-1.2.6.
4540
4541The png_set_add_alpha() function was added at libpng-1.2.7.
4542
4543The function png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8() was added at libpng-1.2.9.
4544Unlike png_set_gray_1_2_4_to_8(), the new function does not expand the
4545tRNS chunk to alpha. The png_set_gray_1_2_4_to_8() function is
4546deprecated.
4547
4548A number of macro definitions in support of runtime selection of
4549assembler code features (especially Intel MMX code support) were
4550added at libpng-1.2.0:
4551
4552 PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_SUPPORT_COMPILED
4553 PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_SUPPORT_IN_CPU
4554 PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_COMBINE_ROW
4555 PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_INTERLACE
4556 PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_FILTER_SUB
4557 PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_FILTER_UP
4558 PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_FILTER_AVG
4559 PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_FILTER_PAETH
4560 PNG_ASM_FLAGS_INITIALIZED
4561 PNG_MMX_READ_FLAGS
4562 PNG_MMX_FLAGS
4563 PNG_MMX_WRITE_FLAGS
4564 PNG_MMX_FLAGS
4565
4566We added the following functions in support of runtime
4567selection of assembler code features:
4568
4569 png_get_mmx_flagmask()
4570 png_set_mmx_thresholds()
4571 png_get_asm_flags()
4572 png_get_mmx_bitdepth_threshold()
4573 png_get_mmx_rowbytes_threshold()
4574 png_set_asm_flags()
4575
4576We replaced all of these functions with simple stubs in libpng-1.2.20,
4577when the Intel assembler code was removed due to a licensing issue.
4578
Glenn Randers-Pehrson3d893a02009-08-31 13:32:46 -05004579These macros are deprecated:
4580
4581 PNG_READ_TRANSFORMS_NOT_SUPPORTED
4582 PNG_PROGRESSIVE_READ_NOT_SUPPORTED
4583 PNG_NO_SEQUENTIAL_READ_SUPPORTED
4584 PNG_WRITE_TRANSFORMS_NOT_SUPPORTED
4585 PNG_READ_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS_NOT_SUPPORTED
4586 PNG_WRITE_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS_NOT_SUPPORTED
4587
4588They have been replaced, respectively, by:
4589
4590 PNG_NO_READ_TRANSFORMS
4591 PNG_NO_PROGRESSIVE_READ
4592 PNG_NO_SEQUENTIAL_READ
4593 PNG_NO_WRITE_TRANSFORMS
4594 PNG_NO_READ_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS
4595 PNG_NO_WRITE_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS
4596
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004597PNG_MAX_UINT was replaced with PNG_UINT_31_MAX. It has been
4598deprecated since libpng-1.0.16 and libpng-1.2.6.
4599
4600The function
4601 png_check_sig(sig, num)
4602was replaced with
4603 !png_sig_cmp(sig, 0, num)
4604It has been deprecated since libpng-0.90.
4605
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004606The function
4607 png_set_gray_1_2_4_to_8()
4608which also expands tRNS to alpha was replaced with
4609 png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8()
4610which does not. It has been deprecated since libpng-1.0.18 and 1.2.9.
Glenn Randers-Pehrsone3f3c4e2010-02-07 18:08:50 -06004611
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06004612X. Changes to Libpng from version 1.0.x/1.2.x to 1.4.x
Glenn Randers-Pehrsond740c842009-11-04 19:01:54 -06004613
4614Private libpng prototypes and macro definitions were moved from
4615png.h and pngconf.h into a new pngpriv.h header file.
4616
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004617Functions png_set_benign_errors(), png_benign_error(), and
4618png_chunk_benign_error() were added.
4619
4620Support for setting the maximum amount of memory that the application
4621will allocate for reading chunks was added, as a security measure.
4622The functions png_set_chunk_cache_max() and png_get_chunk_cache_max()
4623were added to the library.
4624
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonf210a052009-11-12 10:02:24 -06004625We implemented support for I/O states by adding png_ptr member io_state
4626and functions png_get_io_chunk_name() and png_get_io_state() in pngget.c
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004627
Glenn Randers-Pehrson4f25bf32009-10-29 23:34:44 -05004628We added PNG_TRANSFORM_GRAY_TO_RGB to the available high-level
4629input transforms.
4630
Glenn Randers-Pehrson4f25bf32009-10-29 23:34:44 -05004631Checking for and reporting of errors in the IHDR chunk is more thorough.
4632
Glenn Randers-Pehrson45af8192009-12-30 08:37:29 -06004633Support for global arrays was removed, to improve thread safety.
4634
4635Some obsolete/deprecated macros and functions have been removed.
4636
4637Typecasted NULL definitions such as
4638 #define png_voidp_NULL (png_voidp)NULL
4639were eliminated. If you used these in your application, just use
4640NULL instead.
4641
4642The png_struct and info_struct members "trans" and "trans_values" were
4643changed to "trans_alpha" and "trans_color", respectively.
4644
4645The obsolete, unused pnggccrd.c and pngvcrd.c files and related makefiles
Glenn Randers-Pehrsone3f3c4e2010-02-07 18:08:50 -06004646were removed.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson45af8192009-12-30 08:37:29 -06004647
4648The PNG_1_0_X and PNG_1_2_X macros were eliminated.
4649
Glenn Randers-Pehrson4f25bf32009-10-29 23:34:44 -05004650The PNG_LEGACY_SUPPORTED macro was eliminated.
4651
4652Many WIN32_WCE #ifdefs were removed.
4653
4654The functions png_read_init(info_ptr), png_write_init(info_ptr),
4655png_info_init(info_ptr), png_read_destroy(), and png_write_destroy()
4656have been removed. They have been deprecated since libpng-0.95.
4657
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004658The png_permit_empty_plte() was removed. It has been deprecated
4659since libpng-1.0.9. Use png_permit_mng_features() instead.
4660
4661We removed the obsolete stub functions png_get_mmx_flagmask(),
4662png_set_mmx_thresholds(), png_get_asm_flags(),
4663png_get_mmx_bitdepth_threshold(), png_get_mmx_rowbytes_threshold(),
4664png_set_asm_flags(), and png_mmx_supported()
4665
Glenn Randers-Pehrson45af8192009-12-30 08:37:29 -06004666We removed the obsolete png_check_sig(), png_memcpy_check(), and
Glenn Randers-Pehrson2be8b642010-07-29 19:09:18 -05004667png_memset_check() functions. Instead use !png_sig_cmp(), memcpy(),
4668and memset(), respectively.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004669
Glenn Randers-Pehrsone3f3c4e2010-02-07 18:08:50 -06004670The function png_set_gray_1_2_4_to_8() was removed. It has been
4671deprecated since libpng-1.0.18 and 1.2.9, when it was replaced with
4672png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8() because the former function also
John Bowler63d059a2011-02-12 09:03:44 -06004673expanded any tRNS chunk to an alpha channel.
Glenn Randers-Pehrsone3f3c4e2010-02-07 18:08:50 -06004674
Glenn Randers-Pehrson5b40b012010-11-25 07:16:29 -06004675Macros for png_get_uint_16, png_get_uint_32, and png_get_int_32
4676were added and are used by default instead of the corresponding
4677functions. Unfortunately,
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonc36bb792011-02-12 09:49:07 -06004678from libpng-1.4.0 until 1.4.4, the png_get_uint_16 macro (but not the
Glenn Randers-Pehrson5b40b012010-11-25 07:16:29 -06004679function) incorrectly returned a value of type png_uint_32.
4680
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004681We changed the prototype for png_malloc() from
4682 png_malloc(png_structp png_ptr, png_uint_32 size)
4683to
4684 png_malloc(png_structp png_ptr, png_alloc_size_t size)
4685
Glenn Randers-Pehrsone3f3c4e2010-02-07 18:08:50 -06004686This also applies to the prototype for the user replacement malloc_fn().
4687
Glenn Randers-Pehrson45af8192009-12-30 08:37:29 -06004688The png_calloc() function was added and is used in place of
Glenn Randers-Pehrson2be8b642010-07-29 19:09:18 -05004689of "png_malloc(); memset();" except in the case in png_read_png()
Glenn Randers-Pehrson45af8192009-12-30 08:37:29 -06004690where the array consists of pointers; in this case a "for" loop is used
4691after the png_malloc() to set the pointers to NULL, to give robust.
4692behavior in case the application runs out of memory part-way through
4693the process.
4694
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004695We changed the prototypes of png_get_compression_buffer_size() and
4696png_set_compression_buffer_size() to work with png_size_t instead of
4697png_uint_32.
4698
Glenn Randers-Pehrson45af8192009-12-30 08:37:29 -06004699Support for numbered error messages was removed by default, since we
4700never got around to actually numbering the error messages. The function
4701png_set_strip_error_numbers() was removed from the library by default.
4702
4703The png_zalloc() and png_zfree() functions are no longer exported.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004704The png_zalloc() function no longer zeroes out the memory that it
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06004705allocates. Applications that called png_zalloc(png_ptr, number, size)
4706can call png_calloc(png_ptr, number*size) instead, and can call
4707png_free() instead of png_zfree().
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004708
Glenn Randers-Pehrson3cd7cff2010-04-16 19:27:08 -05004709Support for dithering was disabled by default in libpng-1.4.0, because
Glenn Randers-Pehrson9f1cd702011-04-16 19:40:23 -05004710it has not been well tested and doesn't actually "dither".
4711The code was not
Glenn Randers-Pehrson3cd7cff2010-04-16 19:27:08 -05004712removed, however, and could be enabled by building libpng with
4713PNG_READ_DITHER_SUPPORTED defined. In libpng-1.4.2, this support
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7017c402014-03-16 20:29:11 -05004714was re-enabled, but the function was renamed png_set_quantize() to
Glenn Randers-Pehrson3cd7cff2010-04-16 19:27:08 -05004715reflect more accurately what it actually does. At the same time,
4716the PNG_DITHER_[RED,GREEN_BLUE]_BITS macros were also renamed to
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06004717PNG_QUANTIZE_[RED,GREEN,BLUE]_BITS, and PNG_READ_DITHER_SUPPORTED
4718was renamed to PNG_READ_QUANTIZE_SUPPORTED.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson60988072010-04-13 22:11:06 -05004719
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004720We removed the trailing '.' from the warning and error messages.
4721
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06004722XI. Changes to Libpng from version 1.4.x to 1.5.x
Glenn Randers-Pehrson5b40b012010-11-25 07:16:29 -06004723
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonc36bb792011-02-12 09:49:07 -06004724From libpng-1.4.0 until 1.4.4, the png_get_uint_16 macro (but not the
Glenn Randers-Pehrson5b40b012010-11-25 07:16:29 -06004725function) incorrectly returned a value of type png_uint_32.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7017c402014-03-16 20:29:11 -05004726The incorrect macro was removed from libpng-1.4.5.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson5b40b012010-11-25 07:16:29 -06004727
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7017c402014-03-16 20:29:11 -05004728Checking for invalid palette index on write was added at libpng
47291.5.10. If a pixel contains an invalid (out-of-range) index libpng issues
4730a benign error. This is enabled by default because this condition is an
4731error according to the PNG specification, Clause 11.3.2, but the error can
4732be ignored in each png_ptr with
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06004733
4734 png_set_check_for_invalid_index(png_ptr, allowed);
4735
4736 allowed - one of
4737 0: disable benign error (accept the
4738 invalid data without warning).
4739 1: enable benign error (treat the
4740 invalid data as an error or a
4741 warning).
4742
4743If the error is ignored, or if png_benign_error() treats it as a warning,
4744any invalid pixels are decoded as opaque black by the decoder and written
4745as-is by the encoder.
4746
4747Retrieving the maximum palette index found was added at libpng-1.5.15.
4748This statement must appear after png_read_png() or png_read_image() while
4749reading, and after png_write_png() or png_write_image() while writing.
4750
4751 int max_palette = png_get_palette_max(png_ptr, info_ptr);
4752
4753This will return the maximum palette index found in the image, or "-1" if
4754the palette was not checked, or "0" if no palette was found. Note that this
4755does not account for any palette index used by ancillary chunks such as the
4756bKGD chunk; you must check those separately to determine the maximum
4757palette index actually used.
4758
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49a56e72010-12-06 20:06:01 -06004759There are no substantial API changes between the non-deprecated parts of
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06004760the 1.4.5 API and the 1.5.0 API; however, the ability to directly access
Glenn Randers-Pehrson5a956a72011-12-22 14:23:37 -06004761members of the main libpng control structures, png_struct and png_info,
4762deprecated in earlier versions of libpng, has been completely removed from
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49a56e72010-12-06 20:06:01 -06004763libpng 1.5.
4764
Glenn Randers-Pehrson5a956a72011-12-22 14:23:37 -06004765We no longer include zlib.h in png.h. The include statement has been moved
4766to pngstruct.h, where it is not accessible by applications. Applications that
4767need access to information in zlib.h will need to add the '#include "zlib.h"'
4768directive. It does not matter whether this is placed prior to or after
Glenn Randers-Pehrson00879b12011-01-15 19:25:34 -06004769the '"#include png.h"' directive.
4770
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06004771The png_sprintf(), png_strcpy(), and png_strncpy() macros are no longer used
4772and were removed.
4773
4774We moved the png_strlen(), png_memcpy(), png_memset(), and png_memcmp()
4775macros into a private header file (pngpriv.h) that is not accessible to
4776applications.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson00879b12011-01-15 19:25:34 -06004777
Glenn Randers-Pehrson9d23b402011-01-08 10:42:01 -06004778In png_get_iCCP, the type of "profile" was changed from png_charpp
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06004779to png_bytepp, and in png_set_iCCP, from png_charp to png_const_bytep.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson9d23b402011-01-08 10:42:01 -06004780
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49a56e72010-12-06 20:06:01 -06004781There are changes of form in png.h, including new and changed macros to
Glenn Randers-Pehrson95ba4172011-09-08 12:21:42 -05004782declare parts of the API. Some API functions with arguments that are
4783pointers to data not modified within the function have been corrected to
4784declare these arguments with PNG_CONST.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49a56e72010-12-06 20:06:01 -06004785
4786Much of the internal use of C macros to control the library build has also
4787changed and some of this is visible in the exported header files, in
4788particular the use of macros to control data and API elements visible
4789during application compilation may require significant revision to
4790application code. (It is extremely rare for an application to do this.)
4791
4792Any program that compiled against libpng 1.4 and did not use deprecated
4793features or access internal library structures should compile and work
Glenn Randers-Pehrsond08b6bd2011-02-19 15:50:17 -06004794against libpng 1.5, except for the change in the prototype for
4795png_get_iCCP() and png_set_iCCP() API functions mentioned above.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49a56e72010-12-06 20:06:01 -06004796
John Bowler660c6e42010-12-19 06:22:23 -06004797libpng 1.5.0 adds PNG_ PASS macros to help in the reading and writing of
4798interlaced images. The macros return the number of rows and columns in
4799each pass and information that can be used to de-interlace and (if
4800absolutely necessary) interlace an image.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49a56e72010-12-06 20:06:01 -06004801
4802libpng 1.5.0 adds an API png_longjmp(png_ptr, value). This API calls
Glenn Randers-Pehrsond08b6bd2011-02-19 15:50:17 -06004803the application-provided png_longjmp_ptr on the internal, but application
Glenn Randers-Pehrson33ced442011-04-27 14:58:06 -05004804initialized, longjmp buffer. It is provided as a convenience to avoid
4805the need to use the png_jmpbuf macro, which had the unnecessary side
4806effect of resetting the internal png_longjmp_ptr value.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49a56e72010-12-06 20:06:01 -06004807
4808libpng 1.5.0 includes a complete fixed point API. By default this is
4809present along with the corresponding floating point API. In general the
4810fixed point API is faster and smaller than the floating point one because
4811the PNG file format used fixed point, not floating point. This applies
4812even if the library uses floating point in internal calculations. A new
4813macro, PNG_FLOATING_ARITHMETIC_SUPPORTED, reveals whether the library
4814uses floating point arithmetic (the default) or fixed point arithmetic
4815internally for performance critical calculations such as gamma correction.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson00879b12011-01-15 19:25:34 -06004816In some cases, the gamma calculations may produce slightly different
4817results. This has changed the results in png_rgb_to_gray and in alpha
4818composition (png_set_background for example). This applies even if the
4819original image was already linear (gamma == 1.0) and, therefore, it is
4820not necessary to linearize the image. This is because libpng has *not*
4821been changed to optimize that case correctly, yet.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49a56e72010-12-06 20:06:01 -06004822
4823Fixed point support for the sCAL chunk comes with an important caveat;
4824the sCAL specification uses a decimal encoding of floating point values
4825and the accuracy of PNG fixed point values is insufficient for
4826representation of these values. Consequently a "string" API
4827(png_get_sCAL_s and png_set_sCAL_s) is the only reliable way of reading
4828arbitrary sCAL chunks in the absence of either the floating point API or
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7017c402014-03-16 20:29:11 -05004829internal floating point calculations. Starting with libpng-1.5.0, both
4830of these functions are present when PNG_sCAL_SUPPORTED is defined. Prior
4831to libpng-1.5.0, their presence also depended upon PNG_FIXED_POINT_SUPPORTED
4832being defined and PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED not being defined.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49a56e72010-12-06 20:06:01 -06004833
4834Applications no longer need to include the optional distribution header
4835file pngusr.h or define the corresponding macros during application
4836build in order to see the correct variant of the libpng API. From 1.5.0
4837application code can check for the corresponding _SUPPORTED macro:
4838
4839#ifdef PNG_INCH_CONVERSIONS_SUPPORTED
4840 /* code that uses the inch conversion APIs. */
4841#endif
4842
4843This macro will only be defined if the inch conversion functions have been
4844compiled into libpng. The full set of macros, and whether or not support
4845has been compiled in, are available in the header file pnglibconf.h.
4846This header file is specific to the libpng build. Notice that prior to
48471.5.0 the _SUPPORTED macros would always have the default definition unless
4848reset by pngusr.h or by explicit settings on the compiler command line.
4849These settings may produce compiler warnings or errors in 1.5.0 because
4850of macro redefinition.
4851
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49a56e72010-12-06 20:06:01 -06004852Applications can now choose whether to use these macros or to call the
4853corresponding function by defining PNG_USE_READ_MACROS or
4854PNG_NO_USE_READ_MACROS before including png.h. Notice that this is
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7017c402014-03-16 20:29:11 -05004855only supported from 1.5.0; defining PNG_NO_USE_READ_MACROS prior to 1.5.0
Glenn Randers-Pehrson95ba4172011-09-08 12:21:42 -05004856will lead to a link failure.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson59fa3e92011-01-06 07:07:06 -06004857
Glenn Randers-Pehrson733b1312011-06-15 13:21:01 -05004858Prior to libpng-1.5.4, the zlib compressor used the same set of parameters
Glenn Randers-Pehrson8eb88332011-04-01 00:16:50 -05004859when compressing the IDAT data and textual data such as zTXt and iCCP.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson733b1312011-06-15 13:21:01 -05004860In libpng-1.5.4 we reinitialized the zlib stream for each type of data.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson8eb88332011-04-01 00:16:50 -05004861We added five png_set_text_*() functions for setting the parameters to
4862use with textual data.
4863
Glenn Randers-Pehrson733b1312011-06-15 13:21:01 -05004864Prior to libpng-1.5.4, the PNG_READ_16_TO_8_ACCURATE_SCALE_SUPPORTED
John Bowlerb2bee332011-06-10 23:24:58 -05004865option was off by default, and slightly inaccurate scaling occurred.
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonfb29e512011-06-17 20:38:24 -05004866This option can no longer be turned off, and the choice of accurate
4867or inaccurate 16-to-8 scaling is by using the new png_set_scale_16_to_8()
4868API for accurate scaling or the old png_set_strip_16_to_8() API for simple
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7017c402014-03-16 20:29:11 -05004869chopping. In libpng-1.5.4, the PNG_READ_16_TO_8_ACCURATE_SCALE_SUPPORTED
4870macro became PNG_READ_SCALE_16_TO_8_SUPPORTED, and the PNG_READ_16_TO_8
4871macro became PNG_READ_STRIP_16_TO_8_SUPPORTED, to enable the two
4872png_set_*_16_to_8() functions separately.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0cb906d2011-06-11 14:22:22 -05004873
Glenn Randers-Pehrson733b1312011-06-15 13:21:01 -05004874Prior to libpng-1.5.4, the png_set_user_limits() function could only be
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0cb906d2011-06-11 14:22:22 -05004875used to reduce the width and height limits from the value of
4876PNG_USER_WIDTH_MAX and PNG_USER_HEIGHT_MAX, although this document said
4877that it could be used to override them. Now this function will reduce or
4878increase the limits.
John Bowlerb2bee332011-06-10 23:24:58 -05004879
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06004880Starting in libpng-1.5.10, the user limits can be set en masse with the
4881configuration option PNG_SAFE_LIMITS_SUPPORTED. If this option is enabled,
4882a set of "safe" limits is applied in pngpriv.h. These can be overridden by
4883application calls to png_set_user_limits(), png_set_user_chunk_cache_max(),
4884and/or png_set_user_malloc_max() that increase or decrease the limits. Also,
4885in libpng-1.5.10 the default width and height limits were increased
4886from 1,000,000 to 0x7ffffff (i.e., made unlimited). Therefore, the
4887limits are now
4888 default safe
4889 png_user_width_max 0x7fffffff 1,000,000
4890 png_user_height_max 0x7fffffff 1,000,000
4891 png_user_chunk_cache_max 0 (unlimited) 128
4892 png_user_chunk_malloc_max 0 (unlimited) 8,000,000
4893
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7017c402014-03-16 20:29:11 -05004894The png_set_option() function (and the "options" member of the png struct) was
4895added to libpng-1.5.15.
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonc2a15d02014-03-16 19:53:29 -05004896
Glenn Randers-Pehrson2ca2a0b2014-03-16 21:47:52 -05004897The library now supports a complete fixed point implementation and can
4898thus be used on systems that have no floating point support or very
4899limited or slow support. Previously gamma correction, an essential part
4900of complete PNG support, required reasonably fast floating point.
4901
4902As part of this the choice of internal implementation has been made
4903independent of the choice of fixed versus floating point APIs and all the
4904missing fixed point APIs have been implemented.
4905
4906The exact mechanism used to control attributes of API functions has
4907changed, as described in the INSTALL file.
4908
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonc2a15d02014-03-16 19:53:29 -05004909A new test program, pngvalid, is provided in addition to pngtest.
4910pngvalid validates the arithmetic accuracy of the gamma correction
4911calculations and includes a number of validations of the file format.
4912A subset of the full range of tests is run when "make check" is done
4913(in the 'configure' build.) pngvalid also allows total allocated memory
4914usage to be evaluated and performs additional memory overwrite validation.
4915
4916Many changes to individual feature macros have been made. The following
4917are the changes most likely to be noticed by library builders who
4918configure libpng:
4919
49201) All feature macros now have consistent naming:
4921
4922#define PNG_NO_feature turns the feature off
4923#define PNG_feature_SUPPORTED turns the feature on
4924
4925pnglibconf.h contains one line for each feature macro which is either:
4926
4927#define PNG_feature_SUPPORTED
4928
4929if the feature is supported or:
4930
4931/*#undef PNG_feature_SUPPORTED*/
4932
4933if it is not. Library code consistently checks for the 'SUPPORTED' macro.
4934It does not, and libpng applications should not, check for the 'NO' macro
4935which will not normally be defined even if the feature is not supported.
4936The 'NO' macros are only used internally for setting or not setting the
4937corresponding 'SUPPORTED' macros.
4938
4939Compatibility with the old names is provided as follows:
4940
4941PNG_INCH_CONVERSIONS turns on PNG_INCH_CONVERSIONS_SUPPORTED
4942
4943And the following definitions disable the corresponding feature:
4944
4945PNG_SETJMP_NOT_SUPPORTED disables SETJMP
4946PNG_READ_TRANSFORMS_NOT_SUPPORTED disables READ_TRANSFORMS
4947PNG_NO_READ_COMPOSITED_NODIV disables READ_COMPOSITE_NODIV
4948PNG_WRITE_TRANSFORMS_NOT_SUPPORTED disables WRITE_TRANSFORMS
4949PNG_READ_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS_NOT_SUPPORTED disables READ_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS
4950PNG_WRITE_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS_NOT_SUPPORTED disables WRITE_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS
4951
4952Library builders should remove use of the above, inconsistent, names.
4953
49542) Warning and error message formatting was previously conditional on
4955the STDIO feature. The library has been changed to use the
4956CONSOLE_IO feature instead. This means that if CONSOLE_IO is disabled
4957the library no longer uses the printf(3) functions, even though the
4958default read/write implementations use (FILE) style stdio.h functions.
4959
49603) Three feature macros now control the fixed/floating point decisions:
4961
4962PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED enables the floating point APIs
4963
4964PNG_FIXED_POINT_SUPPORTED enables the fixed point APIs; however, in
4965practice these are normally required internally anyway (because the PNG
4966file format is fixed point), therefore in most cases PNG_NO_FIXED_POINT
4967merely stops the function from being exported.
4968
4969PNG_FLOATING_ARITHMETIC_SUPPORTED chooses between the internal floating
4970point implementation or the fixed point one. Typically the fixed point
4971implementation is larger and slower than the floating point implementation
4972on a system that supports floating point; however, it may be faster on a
4973system which lacks floating point hardware and therefore uses a software
4974emulation.
4975
49764) Added PNG_{READ,WRITE}_INT_FUNCTIONS_SUPPORTED. This allows the
4977functions to read and write ints to be disabled independently of
4978PNG_USE_READ_MACROS, which allows libpng to be built with the functions
4979even though the default is to use the macros - this allows applications
4980to choose at app buildtime whether or not to use macros (previously
4981impossible because the functions weren't in the default build.)
4982
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06004983XII. Changes to Libpng from version 1.5.x to 1.6.x
4984
4985A "simplified API" has been added (see documentation in png.h and a simple
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06004986example in contrib/examples/pngtopng.c). The new publicly visible API
4987includes the following:
4988
4989 macros:
4990 PNG_FORMAT_*
4991 PNG_IMAGE_*
4992 structures:
4993 png_control
4994 png_image
4995 read functions
4996 png_image_begin_read_from_file()
4997 png_image_begin_read_from_stdio()
4998 png_image_begin_read_from_memory()
4999 png_image_finish_read()
5000 png_image_free()
5001 write functions
5002 png_image_write_to_file()
5003 png_image_write_to_stdio()
5004
5005Starting with libpng-1.6.0, you can configure libpng to prefix all exported
5006symbols, using the PNG_PREFIX macro.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson5bffd6c2012-01-31 22:21:32 -06005007
Glenn Randers-Pehrson5a956a72011-12-22 14:23:37 -06005008We no longer include string.h in png.h. The include statement has been moved
5009to pngpriv.h, where it is not accessible by applications. Applications that
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7017c402014-03-16 20:29:11 -05005010need access to information in string.h must add an '#include <string.h>'
Glenn Randers-Pehrson5a956a72011-12-22 14:23:37 -06005011directive. It does not matter whether this is placed prior to or after
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7017c402014-03-16 20:29:11 -05005012the '#include "png.h"' directive.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson5a956a72011-12-22 14:23:37 -06005013
5014The following API are now DEPRECATED:
5015 png_info_init_3()
5016 png_convert_to_rfc1123() which has been replaced
5017 with png_convert_to_rfc1123_buffer()
5018 png_malloc_default()
5019 png_free_default()
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06005020 png_reset_zstream()
Glenn Randers-Pehrson5a956a72011-12-22 14:23:37 -06005021
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7017c402014-03-16 20:29:11 -05005022The following have been removed:
Glenn Randers-Pehrson5a956a72011-12-22 14:23:37 -06005023 png_get_io_chunk_name(), which has been replaced
5024 with png_get_io_chunk_type(). The new
5025 function returns a 32-bit integer instead of
5026 a string.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06005027 The png_sizeof(), png_strlen(), png_memcpy(), png_memcmp(), and
5028 png_memset() macros are no longer used in the libpng sources and
5029 have been removed. These had already been made invisible to applications
5030 (i.e., defined in the private pngpriv.h header file) since libpng-1.5.0.
5031
5032The signatures of many exported functions were changed, such that
5033 png_structp became png_structrp or png_const_structrp
5034 png_infop became png_inforp or png_const_inforp
5035where "rp" indicates a "restricted pointer".
5036
5037Error detection in some chunks has improved; in particular the iCCP chunk
5038reader now does pretty complete validation of the basic format. Some bad
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7017c402014-03-16 20:29:11 -05005039profiles that were previously accepted are now accepted with a warning or
5040rejected, depending upon the png_set_benign_errors() setting, in particular the
5041very old broken Microsoft/HP 3144-byte sRGB profile. The PNG spec requirement
5042that only grayscale profiles may appear in images with color type 0 or 4 and
5043that even if the image only contains gray pixels, only RGB profiles may appear
5044in images with color type 2, 3, or 6, is now enforced. The sRGB chunk
5045is allowed to appear in images with any color type.
5046
5047Prior to libpng-1.6.0 a warning would be issued if the iTXt chunk contained
5048an empty language field or an empty translated keyword. Both of these
5049are allowed by the PNG specification, so these warnings are no longer issued.
5050
5051The library now issues an error if the application attempts to set a
5052transform after it calls png_read_update_info() or if it attempts to call
5053both png_read_update_info() and png_start_read_image() or to call either
5054of them more than once.
5055
5056The default condition for benign_errors is now to treat benign errors as
5057warnings while reading and as errors while writing.
Glenn Randers-Pehrsond5dd93f2013-07-02 09:20:36 -05005058
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06005059The library now issues a warning if both background processing and RGB to
5060gray are used when gamma correction happens. As with previous versions of
5061the library the results are numerically very incorrect in this case.
5062
5063There are some minor arithmetic changes in some transforms such as
5064png_set_background(), that might be detected by certain regression tests.
5065
5066Unknown chunk handling has been improved internally, without any API change.
5067This adds more correct option control of the unknown handling, corrects
5068a pre-existing bug where the per-chunk 'keep' setting is ignored, and makes
5069it possible to skip IDAT chunks in the sequential reader.
5070
5071The machine-generated configure files are no longer included in branches
5072libpng16 and later of the GIT repository. They continue to be included
5073in the tarball releases, however.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson80647772013-02-04 19:50:56 -06005074
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7017c402014-03-16 20:29:11 -05005075Libpng-1.6.0 through 1.6.2 used the CMF bytes at the beginning of the IDAT
5076stream to set the size of the sliding window for reading instead of using the
5077default 32-kbyte sliding window size. It was discovered that there are
5078hundreds of PNG files in the wild that have incorrect CMF bytes that caused
Glenn Randers-Pehrson72855fb2014-04-13 21:27:25 -05005079zlib to issue the "invalid distance too far back" error and reject the file.
5080Libpng-1.6.3 and later calculate their own safe CMF from the image dimensions,
5081provide a way to revert to the libpng-1.5.x behavior (ignoring the CMF bytes
5082and using a 32-kbyte sliding window), by using
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7017c402014-03-16 20:29:11 -05005083
5084 png_set_option(png_ptr, PNG_MAXIMUM_INFLATE_WINDOW,
5085 PNG_OPTION_ON);
5086
Glenn Randers-Pehrson72855fb2014-04-13 21:27:25 -05005087and provide a tool (contrib/tools/pngfix) for rewriting a PNG file while
5088optimizing the CMF bytes in its IDAT chunk correctly.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7017c402014-03-16 20:29:11 -05005089
5090Libpng-1.6.0 and libpng-1.6.1 wrote uncompressed iTXt chunks with the wrong
5091length, which resulted in PNG files that cannot be read beyond the bad iTXt
5092chunk. This error was fixed in libpng-1.6.3, and a tool (called
5093contrib/tools/png-fix-itxt) has been added to the libpng distribution.
5094
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06005095XIII. Detecting libpng
Glenn Randers-Pehrson37e7e0b2009-06-02 13:46:41 -05005096
5097The png_get_io_ptr() function has been present since libpng-0.88, has never
5098changed, and is unaffected by conditional compilation macros. It is the
5099best choice for use in configure scripts for detecting the presence of any
Glenn Randers-Pehrson99708d52009-06-29 17:30:00 -05005100libpng version since 0.88. In an autoconf "configure.in" you could use
5101
5102 AC_CHECK_LIB(png, png_get_io_ptr, ...
Glenn Randers-Pehrson37e7e0b2009-06-02 13:46:41 -05005103
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06005104XV. Source code repository
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.netb1c0d332009-05-15 20:39:34 -05005105
5106Since about February 2009, version 1.2.34, libpng has been under "git" source
5107control. The git repository was built from old libpng-x.y.z.tar.gz files
5108going back to version 0.70. You can access the git repository (read only)
5109at
5110
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7017c402014-03-16 20:29:11 -05005111 git://git.code.sf.net/p/libpng/code
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.netb1c0d332009-05-15 20:39:34 -05005112
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7017c402014-03-16 20:29:11 -05005113or you can browse it with a web browser by selecting the "code" button at
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.netb1c0d332009-05-15 20:39:34 -05005114
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7017c402014-03-16 20:29:11 -05005115 https://sourceforge.net/projects/libpng
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.netb1c0d332009-05-15 20:39:34 -05005116
5117Patches can be sent to glennrp at users.sourceforge.net or to
5118png-mng-implement at lists.sourceforge.net or you can upload them to
5119the libpng bug tracker at
5120
5121 http://libpng.sourceforge.net
5122
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06005123We also accept patches built from the tar or zip distributions, and
5124simple verbal discriptions of bug fixes, reported either to the
Glenn Randers-Pehrsona5e55472011-07-12 10:13:32 -05005125SourceForge bug tracker, to the png-mng-implement at lists.sf.net
5126mailing list, or directly to glennrp.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06005127
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06005128XV. Coding style
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.netb1c0d332009-05-15 20:39:34 -05005129
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonc4b37182014-04-06 08:59:57 -05005130Our coding style is similar to the "Allman" style
5131(See http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Indent_style#Allman_style), with curly
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.netb1c0d332009-05-15 20:39:34 -05005132braces on separate lines:
5133
5134 if (condition)
5135 {
5136 action;
5137 }
5138
5139 else if (another condition)
5140 {
5141 another action;
5142 }
5143
5144The braces can be omitted from simple one-line actions:
5145
5146 if (condition)
5147 return (0);
5148
5149We use 3-space indentation, except for continued statements which
5150are usually indented the same as the first line of the statement
5151plus four more spaces.
5152
Glenn Randers-Pehrson6076da82009-09-30 12:28:07 -05005153For macro definitions we use 2-space indentation, always leaving the "#"
5154in the first column.
5155
5156 #ifndef PNG_NO_FEATURE
5157 # ifndef PNG_FEATURE_SUPPORTED
5158 # define PNG_FEATURE_SUPPORTED
5159 # endif
5160 #endif
5161
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.netb1c0d332009-05-15 20:39:34 -05005162Comments appear with the leading "/*" at the same indentation as
5163the statement that follows the comment:
5164
5165 /* Single-line comment */
5166 statement;
5167
Glenn Randers-Pehrsone4c706a2010-03-06 14:51:54 -06005168 /* This is a multiple-line
5169 * comment.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.netb1c0d332009-05-15 20:39:34 -05005170 */
5171 statement;
5172
Glenn Randers-Pehrsone4c706a2010-03-06 14:51:54 -06005173Very short comments can be placed after the end of the statement
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.netb1c0d332009-05-15 20:39:34 -05005174to which they pertain:
5175
5176 statement; /* comment */
5177
5178We don't use C++ style ("//") comments. We have, however,
5179used them in the past in some now-abandoned MMX assembler
5180code.
5181
Glenn Randers-Pehrson4df37bf2014-03-06 12:35:04 -06005182Functions and their curly braces are not indented, and
5183exported functions are marked with PNGAPI:
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.netb1c0d332009-05-15 20:39:34 -05005184
5185 /* This is a public function that is visible to
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49a56e72010-12-06 20:06:01 -06005186 * application programmers. It does thus-and-so.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.netb1c0d332009-05-15 20:39:34 -05005187 */
5188 void PNGAPI
5189 png_exported_function(png_ptr, png_info, foo)
5190 {
5191 body;
5192 }
5193
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7017c402014-03-16 20:29:11 -05005194The return type and decorations are placed on a separate line
5195ahead of the function name, as illustrated above.
5196
Glenn Randers-Pehrson416976f2009-07-27 22:16:09 -05005197The prototypes for all exported functions appear in png.h,
5198above the comment that says
5199
5200 /* Maintainer: Put new public prototypes here ... */
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.netb1c0d332009-05-15 20:39:34 -05005201
5202We mark all non-exported functions with "/* PRIVATE */"":
5203
5204 void /* PRIVATE */
5205 png_non_exported_function(png_ptr, png_info, foo)
5206 {
5207 body;
5208 }
5209
Glenn Randers-Pehrson416976f2009-07-27 22:16:09 -05005210The prototypes for non-exported functions (except for those in
Glenn Randers-Pehrson4f25bf32009-10-29 23:34:44 -05005211pngtest) appear in
5212pngpriv.h
Glenn Randers-Pehrson416976f2009-07-27 22:16:09 -05005213above the comment that says
5214
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06005215 /* Maintainer: Put new private prototypes here ^ */
5216
5217We put a space after the "sizeof" operator and we omit the
5218optional parentheses around its argument when the argument
5219is an expression, not a type name, and we always enclose the
5220sizeof operator, with its argument, in parentheses:
5221
5222 (sizeof (png_uint_32))
5223 (sizeof array)
5224
5225Prior to libpng-1.6.0 we used a "png_sizeof()" macro, formatted as
5226though it were a function.
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonece07cf2012-08-10 18:08:02 -05005227
Glenn Randers-Pehrsoncbbe9a52011-01-29 16:12:11 -06005228To avoid polluting the global namespace, the names of all exported
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06005229functions and variables begin with "png_", and all publicly visible C
5230preprocessor macros begin with "PNG". We request that applications that
Glenn Randers-Pehrsoncbbe9a52011-01-29 16:12:11 -06005231use libpng *not* begin any of their own symbols with either of these strings.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.netb1c0d332009-05-15 20:39:34 -05005232
5233We put a space after each comma and after each semicolon
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49a56e72010-12-06 20:06:01 -06005234in "for" statements, and we put spaces before and after each
Glenn Randers-Pehrsone4c706a2010-03-06 14:51:54 -06005235C binary operator and after "for" or "while", and before
5236"?". We don't put a space between a typecast and the expression
5237being cast, nor do we put one between a function name and the
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.netb1c0d332009-05-15 20:39:34 -05005238left parenthesis that follows it:
5239
5240 for (i = 2; i > 0; --i)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson4e6b5e92009-09-23 10:24:53 -05005241 y[i] = a(x) + (int)b;
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.netb1c0d332009-05-15 20:39:34 -05005242
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06005243We prefer #ifdef and #ifndef to #if defined() and #if !defined()
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7017c402014-03-16 20:29:11 -05005244when there is only one macro being tested. We always use parentheses
5245with "defined".
Glenn Randers-Pehrsond60c8862009-06-15 21:56:14 -05005246
Glenn Randers-Pehrson8db19982011-10-27 16:17:24 -05005247We prefer to express integers that are used as bit masks in hex format,
5248with an even number of lower-case hex digits (e.g., 0x00, 0xff, 0x0100).
5249
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06005250We prefer to use underscores in variable names rather than camelCase, except
5251for a few type names that we inherit from zlib.h.
5252
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7017c402014-03-16 20:29:11 -05005253We prefer "if (something != 0)" and "if (something == 0)"
5254over "if (something)" and if "(!something)", respectively.
5255
Glenn Randers-Pehrson4e6b5e92009-09-23 10:24:53 -05005256We do not use the TAB character for indentation in the C sources.
5257
Glenn Randers-Pehrson62ca98e2009-12-20 15:14:57 -06005258Lines do not exceed 80 characters.
5259
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonf210a052009-11-12 10:02:24 -06005260Other rules can be inferred by inspecting the libpng source.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.netb1c0d332009-05-15 20:39:34 -05005261
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06005262XVI. Y2K Compliance in libpng
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05005263
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonbe19c072014-04-20 20:08:41 -05005264April 21, 2014
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05005265
5266Since the PNG Development group is an ad-hoc body, we can't make
5267an official declaration.
5268
5269This is your unofficial assurance that libpng from version 0.71 and
Glenn Randers-Pehrsond5201df2014-04-20 20:16:56 -05005270upward through 1.6.11beta05 are Y2K compliant. It is my belief that earlier
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05005271versions were also Y2K compliant.
5272
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06005273Libpng only has two year fields. One is a 2-byte unsigned integer
5274that will hold years up to 65535. The other, which is deprecated,
5275holds the date in text format, and will hold years up to 9999.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05005276
5277The integer is
5278 "png_uint_16 year" in png_time_struct.
5279
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06005280The string is
5281 "char time_buffer[29]" in png_struct. This is no longer used
5282in libpng-1.6.x and will be removed from libpng-1.7.0.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05005283
5284There are seven time-related functions:
5285
5286 png_convert_to_rfc_1123() in png.c
5287 (formerly png_convert_to_rfc_1152() in error)
5288 png_convert_from_struct_tm() in pngwrite.c, called
5289 in pngwrite.c
5290 png_convert_from_time_t() in pngwrite.c
5291 png_get_tIME() in pngget.c
5292 png_handle_tIME() in pngrutil.c, called in pngread.c
5293 png_set_tIME() in pngset.c
5294 png_write_tIME() in pngwutil.c, called in pngwrite.c
5295
5296All appear to handle dates properly in a Y2K environment. The
5297png_convert_from_time_t() function calls gmtime() to convert from system
5298clock time, which returns (year - 1900), which we properly convert to
5299the full 4-digit year. There is a possibility that applications using
5300libpng are not passing 4-digit years into the png_convert_to_rfc_1123()
5301function, or that they are incorrectly passing only a 2-digit year
5302instead of "year - 1900" into the png_convert_from_struct_tm() function,
5303but this is not under our control. The libpng documentation has always
5304stated that it works with 4-digit years, and the APIs have been
5305documented as such.
5306
5307The tIME chunk itself is also Y2K compliant. It uses a 2-byte unsigned
5308integer to hold the year, and can hold years as large as 65535.
5309
5310zlib, upon which libpng depends, is also Y2K compliant. It contains
5311no date-related code.
5312
5313
5314 Glenn Randers-Pehrson
5315 libpng maintainer
5316 PNG Development Group